blob: a591a21f9cbd3129123bb9f9b449026063cfae4f [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau6939b552010-01-25 01:54:37 +01007 2010/01/25
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100505. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100159 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100205
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100257 number
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100388
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreaue803de22010-01-21 17:43:04 +0100402 - tune.rcvbuf.client
403 - tune.rcvbuf.server
404 - tune.sndbuf.client
405 - tune.sndbuf.server
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100406
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200407 * Debugging
408 - debug
409 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200410
411
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004123.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200413------------------------------------
414
415chroot <jail dir>
416 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
417 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
418 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
419 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
420 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
421 empty and unwritable to anyone.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100422
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200423daemon
424 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
425 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
426 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
427
428gid <number>
429 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
430 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
431 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
432 See also "group" and "uid".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100433
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200434group <group name>
435 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
436 See also "gid" and "user".
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100437
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200438log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200439 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
440 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100441 configured with "log global".
442
443 <address> can be one of:
444
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100445 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100446 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
447 port).
448
449 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
450 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
451 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
452 writeable).
453
454 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200455
456 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
457 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
458 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
459
460 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200461 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
462 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
463 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
464 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
465 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
466 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200467
468 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
469
470nbproc <number>
471 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
472 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
473 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
474 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
475 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
476
477pidfile <pidfile>
478 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
479 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
480 starting the process. See also "daemon".
481
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200482stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200483 [level <level>]
484
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200485 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
486 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100487 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200488 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
489
490 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
491 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
492 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
493 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
494 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
495
496 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
497 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
498 counters).
499
500 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
501 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100502
503 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
504 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
505 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
506 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
507 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
508 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
509 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200510
511stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
512 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
513 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100514 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200515
516stats maxconn <connections>
517 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
518 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
519
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200520uid <number>
521 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
522 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
523 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
524 one. See also "gid" and "user".
525
526ulimit-n <number>
527 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
528 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
529 option.
530
531user <user name>
532 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
533 See also "uid" and "group".
534
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200535node <name>
536 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
537
538 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
539 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
540 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
541 traffic.
542
543description <text>
544 Add a text that describes the instance.
545
546 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
547 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
548 "<" and ">" characters.
549
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200550
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005513.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200552-----------------------
553
554maxconn <number>
555 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
556 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
557 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
558 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
559
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100560maxpipes <number>
561 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
562 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
563 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
564 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
565 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
566 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
567
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200568noepoll
569 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
570 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
571 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
572
573nokqueue
574 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
575 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
576 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
577
578nopoll
579 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
580 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100581 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200582 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
583 "nokqueue".
584
585nosepoll
586 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
587 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
588 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
589
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100590nosplice
591 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
592 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
593 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100594 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100595 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
596 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
597 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
598 "option splice-response".
599
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200600spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
601 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
602 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
603 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
604 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
605 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
606
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200607tune.bufsize <number>
608 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
609 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
610 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
611 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
612 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
613 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
614 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
615 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
616
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100617tune.maxaccept <number>
618 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
619 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
620 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100621 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100622 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
623 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100624 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100625 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
626
627tune.maxpollevents <number>
628 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
629 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
630 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
631 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
632 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
633
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200634tune.maxrewrite <number>
635 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
636 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
637 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
638 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
639 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
640 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
641 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
642 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
643 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
644 bufsize.
645
Willy Tarreaue803de22010-01-21 17:43:04 +0100646tune.rcvbuf.client <number>
647tune.rcvbuf.server <number>
648 Forces the kernel socket receive buffer size on the client or the server side
649 to the specified value in bytes. This value applies to all TCP/HTTP frontends
650 and backends. It should normally never be set, and the default size (0) lets
651 the kernel autotune this value depending on the amount of available memory.
652 However it can sometimes help to set it to very low values (eg: 4096) in
653 order to save kernel memory by preventing it from buffering too large amounts
654 of received data. Lower values will significantly increase CPU usage though.
655
656tune.sndbuf.client <number>
657tune.sndbuf.server <number>
658 Forces the kernel socket send buffer size on the client or the server side to
659 the specified value in bytes. This value applies to all TCP/HTTP frontends
660 and backends. It should normally never be set, and the default size (0) lets
661 the kernel autotune this value depending on the amount of available memory.
662 However it can sometimes help to set it to very low values (eg: 4096) in
663 order to save kernel memory by preventing it from buffering too large amounts
664 of received data. Lower values will significantly increase CPU usage though.
665 Another use case is to prevent write timeouts with extremely slow clients due
666 to the kernel waiting for a large part of the buffer to be read before
667 notifying haproxy again.
668
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200669
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006703.3. Debugging
671--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200672
673debug
674 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
675 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
676 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
677 system startup.
678
679quiet
680 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
681 line argument "-q".
682
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200683
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006844. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200685----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100686
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200687Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
688 - defaults <name>
689 - frontend <name>
690 - backend <name>
691 - listen <name>
692
693A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
694its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
695section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100696section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200697
698A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
699connections.
700
701A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
702to forward incoming connections.
703
704A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
705parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
706
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100707All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
708'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
709case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
710
711Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
712logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
713proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
714However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
715name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
716
717Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
718and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100719bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100720protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
721modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
722arbitrary criteria.
723
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100724
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007254.1. Proxy keywords matrix
726--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100727
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200728The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
729limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
730they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
731limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200732listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200733option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200734and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
735with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
736specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100737
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200738
739keyword defaults frontend listen backend
740----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100741acl - X X X
742appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100743backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +0100744balance X - X X
745bind - X X -
746bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200747block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100748capture cookie - X X -
749capture request header - X X -
750capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100751clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100752contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200753cookie X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100754default-server X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200755default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200756description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100757disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200758dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100759enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200760errorfile X X X X
761errorloc X X X X
762errorloc302 X X X X
763errorloc303 X X X X
764fullconn X - X X
765grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200766hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100767http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200768id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200769log X X X X
770maxconn X X X -
771mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100772monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200773monitor-net X X X -
774monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100775[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200776[no] option accept-invalid-
777 http-request X X X -
778[no] option accept-invalid-
779 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100780[no] option allbackups X - X X
781[no] option checkcache X - X X
782[no] option clitcpka X X X -
783[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200784[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100785[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100786[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200787option forwardfor X X X X
788option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100789[no] option http-server-
790 close X X X X
Willy Tarreau88d349d2010-01-25 12:15:43 +0100791[no] option http-use-proxy-
792 header X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100793[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200794option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200795[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200796[no] option independant-
797 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200798[no] option log-health- X - X X
799 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200800[no] option log-separate-
801 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100802[no] option logasap X X X -
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +0100803option mysql-check X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100804[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200805option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100806[no] option persist X - X X
807[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200808option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200809[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100810[no] option splice-auto X X X X
811[no] option splice-request X X X X
812[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100813[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200814option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200815[no] option tcp-smart-
816 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200817[no] option tcp-smart-
818 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200819option tcpka X X X X
820option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100821[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200822persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100823rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200824redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100825redisp X - X X (deprecated)
826redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200827reqadd - X X X
828reqallow - X X X
829reqdel - X X X
830reqdeny - X X X
831reqiallow - X X X
832reqidel - X X X
833reqideny - X X X
834reqipass - X X X
835reqirep - X X X
836reqisetbe - X X X
837reqitarpit - X X X
838reqpass - X X X
839reqrep - X X X
840reqsetbe - X X X
841reqtarpit - X X X
842retries X - X X
843rspadd - X X X
844rspdel - X X X
845rspdeny - X X X
846rspidel - X X X
847rspideny - X X X
848rspirep - X X X
849rsprep - X X X
850server - - X X
851source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100852srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200853stats auth X - X X
854stats enable X - X X
855stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200856stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200857stats scope X - X X
858stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200859stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200860tcp-request content accept - X X -
861tcp-request content reject - X X -
862tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100863timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100864timeout client X X X -
865timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
866timeout connect X - X X
867timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100868timeout http-keep-alive X X X X
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200869timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100870timeout queue X - X X
871timeout server X - X X
872timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100873timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100874transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200875use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200876----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
877keyword defaults frontend listen backend
878
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100879
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008804.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
881---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100882
883This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
884
885
886acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
887 Declare or complete an access list.
888 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
889 no | yes | yes | yes
890 Example:
891 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
892 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
893 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
894
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200895 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100896
897
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100898appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
899 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100900 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
901 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
902 no | no | yes | yes
903 Arguments :
904 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
905 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
906
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100907 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100908 checked in each cookie value.
909
910 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
911 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
912 milliseconds.
913
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200914 request-learn
915 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
916 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
917 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
918 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
919 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
920 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
921
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100922 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
923 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
924 data following this prefix.
925
926 Example :
927 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
928
929 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
930 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
931
932 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
933 2 modes are currently supported :
934 - path-parameters :
935 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
936 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
937 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
938 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
939 - query-string :
940 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
941 query string.
942
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100943 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
944 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
945 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
946 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100947 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
948 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
949 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100950 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
951 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
952
953 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
954
955 Example :
956 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
957
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +0100958 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie", "balance", "stick" and "stick-table".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100959
960
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100961backlog <conns>
962 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
963 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
964 yes | yes | yes | no
965 Arguments :
966 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
967 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
968 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
969
970 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
971 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
972 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
973 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
974 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
975 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
976 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
977 backlog parameter.
978
979 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
980 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
981 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
982
983 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
984
985
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100986balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200987balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100988 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
989 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
990 yes | no | yes | yes
991 Arguments :
992 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
993 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
994 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
995 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
996
997 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
998 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
999 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
1000 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +02001001 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
1002 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
1003 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
1004 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
1005 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
1006 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
1007 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
1008 it, so that you don't worry.
1009
1010 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
1011 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
1012 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
1013 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
1014 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
1015 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
1016 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
1017 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001018
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +01001019 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
1020 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
1021 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
1022 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
1023 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
1024 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
1025 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
1026 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
1027
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001028 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
1029 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
1030 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
1031 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1032 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1033 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1034 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1035 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001036 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001037 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001038 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1039 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1040 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001041
1042 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1043 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1044 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1045 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1046 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1047 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1048 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001049 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1050 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1051 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001052
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001053 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1054 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1055 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1056 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1057 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1058 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1059 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1060 URIs start with a leading "/".
1061
1062 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1063 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1064 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1065 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1066
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001067 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001068 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1069
1070 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1071 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1072 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1073 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1074 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1075 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1076 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1077 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1078 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1079 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1080 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1081 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1082 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1083 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1084 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1085 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1086 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1087 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1088 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1089 be randomly balanced if at all.
1090
1091 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1092 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1093 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1094 server will receive the request.
1095
1096 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1097 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1098 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1099 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1100 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001101 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1102 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1103 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001104
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001105 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1106 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1107 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001108 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001109 algorithm is applied instead.
1110
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001111 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001112 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1113 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1114 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1115
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001116 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1117 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1118 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1119
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001120 rdp-cookie
1121 rdp-cookie(name)
1122 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1123 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1124 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1125 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1126 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1127 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001128 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001129 used instead.
1130
1131 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1132 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1133 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1134 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1135
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001136 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1137 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1138 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1139
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001140 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001141 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1142 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001143
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001144 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001145 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001146
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001147 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1148 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1149 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001150
1151 Examples :
1152 balance roundrobin
1153 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001154 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001155 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1156 balance hdr(host)
1157 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001158
1159 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1160 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1161
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001162 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001163 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1164 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1165 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1166 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1167
1168 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1169 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1170 defaults to 16 kB.
1171
1172 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1173 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1174
1175 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1176 Round Robin.
1177
1178 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1179 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1180 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1181 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1182
1183 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1184
1185 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001186 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001187 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1188 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1189 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001190
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001191 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1192 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001193
1194
1195bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001196bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001197bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001198bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001199bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1200bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001201bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001202 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1203 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1204 no | yes | yes | no
1205 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001206 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1207 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1208 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1209 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1210 special address "0.0.0.0".
1211
1212 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1213 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1214 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001215
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001216 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1217 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1218 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1219 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1220 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1221 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1222 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1223 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1224 privileges.
1225
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001226 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1227 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1228 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1229 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1230 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1231 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1232 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1233 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1234
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001235 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1236 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1237 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1238 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001239
1240 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1241
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001242 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1243 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1244 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001245 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001246 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1247 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1248 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1249 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1250 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001251
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001252 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1253 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1254 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1255 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1256 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1257 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1258 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1259 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1260 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1261 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1262 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1263 with front firewalls which would see an established
1264 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1265
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001266 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1267 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1268 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1269 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1270 in a frontend.
1271
1272 Example :
1273 listen http_proxy
1274 bind :80,:443
1275 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1276
1277 See also : "source".
1278
1279
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001280bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1281 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1282 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1283 yes | yes | yes | yes
1284 Arguments :
1285 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1286 may be used to override a default value.
1287
1288 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1289 option may be combined with other numbers.
1290
1291 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1292 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1293 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1294 missing from all processes.
1295
1296 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1297 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1298 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1299 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1300
1301 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1302 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1303 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1304 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1305 and 'even' instances.
1306
1307 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1308 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1309 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1310 32.
1311
1312 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1313 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1314
1315 Example :
1316 listen app_ip1
1317 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1318 bind_process odd
1319
1320 listen app_ip2
1321 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1322 bind_process even
1323
1324 listen management
1325 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1326 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1327
1328 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1329
1330
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001331block { if | unless } <condition>
1332 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1333 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1334 no | yes | yes | yes
1335
1336 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1337 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001338 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001339 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1340 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1341 "block" statements per instance.
1342
1343 Example:
1344 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1345 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1346 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1347 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1348
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001349 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001350
1351
1352capture cookie <name> len <length>
1353 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1354 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1355 no | yes | yes | no
1356 Arguments :
1357 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1358 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1359 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1360 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1361 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1362
1363 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1364 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1365 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1366 right if it exceeds <length>.
1367
1368 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1369 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1370 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1371 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1372
1373 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1374 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1375 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1376
1377 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1378 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1379 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1380 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001381 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001382 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1383
1384 Example:
1385 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1386
1387 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001388 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001389
1390
1391capture request header <name> len <length>
1392 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1393 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1394 no | yes | yes | no
1395 Arguments :
1396 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001397 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001398 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1399 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1400 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1401
1402 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1403 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1404 it exceeds <length>.
1405
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001406 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001407 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1408 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001409 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1410 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1411 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1412 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001413 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001414 environments to find where the request came from.
1415
1416 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1417 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1418 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1419 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001420
1421 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1422 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1423 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1424 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1425
1426 Example:
1427 capture request header Host len 15
1428 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1429 capture request header Referrer len 15
1430
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001431 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001432 about logging.
1433
1434
1435capture response header <name> len <length>
1436 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1437 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1438 no | yes | yes | no
1439 Arguments :
1440 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001441 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001442 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1443 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1444 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1445
1446 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1447 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1448 it exceeds <length>.
1449
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001450 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001451 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1452 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1453 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001454 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1455 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1456 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1457 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001458
1459 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1460 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1461 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1462 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1463
1464 Example:
1465 capture response header Content-length len 9
1466 capture response header Location len 15
1467
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001468 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001469 about logging.
1470
1471
1472clitimeout <timeout>
1473 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1474 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1475 yes | yes | yes | no
1476 Arguments :
1477 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1478 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1479 as explained at the top of this document.
1480
1481 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1482 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1483 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1484 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1485 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1486 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1487 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1488 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001489 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001490 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1491 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1492
1493 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1494 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1495 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1496 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1497 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1498 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1499
1500 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1501 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1502
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001503 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1504 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001505
1506
1507contimeout <timeout>
1508 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1509 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1510 yes | no | yes | yes
1511 Arguments :
1512 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1513 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1514 as explained at the top of this document.
1515
1516 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001517 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01001518 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001519 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1520 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1521 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1522 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1523
1524 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1525 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1526 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1527 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1528 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1529 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1530
1531 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1532 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1533 instead.
1534
1535 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1536 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1537
1538
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001539cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001540 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001541 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1542 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1543 yes | no | yes | yes
1544 Arguments :
1545 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1546 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1547 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1548 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1549 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1550 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1551 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1552 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1553 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1554
1555 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1556 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1557 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1558 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1559 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1560 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1561 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1562 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1563 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1564 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1565 "insert" and "prefix".
1566
1567 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1568 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1569 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1570 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1571 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1572 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1573 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1574 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1575 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1576
1577 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1578 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1579 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1580 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1581 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1582 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1583 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1584 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1585 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1586 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1587 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1588
1589 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1590 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1591 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1592 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1593 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1594 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1595 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1596 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1597 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1598 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1599
1600 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1601 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1602 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1603 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1604 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1605 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1606 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1607 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1608 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1609
1610 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1611 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1612 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1613 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1614 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1615 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1616 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1617 persistence cookie in the cache.
1618 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1619
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001620 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001621 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001622 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1623 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1624 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1625 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1626 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1627 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001628
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001629 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1630 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1631 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1632 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001633
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001634 Examples :
1635 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1636 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1637 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1638
1639 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1640
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001641
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001642default-server [param*]
1643 Change default options for a server in a backend
1644 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1645 yes | no | yes | yes
1646 Arguments:
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001647 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server"
1648 keyword accepts an important number of options and has a complete
1649 section dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more
1650 details.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001651
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001652 Example :
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001653 default-server inter 1000 weight 13
1654
1655 See also: "server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001656
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01001657
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001658default_backend <backend>
1659 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1660 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1661 yes | yes | yes | no
1662 Arguments :
1663 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1664
1665 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1666 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1667 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1668 will catch all undetermined requests.
1669
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001670 Example :
1671
1672 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1673 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1674 default_backend dynamic
1675
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001676 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1677
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001678
1679disabled
1680 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1681 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1682 yes | yes | yes | yes
1683 Arguments : none
1684
1685 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1686 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1687 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1688 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1689 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1690 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1691 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1692
1693 See also : "enabled"
1694
1695
1696enabled
1697 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1698 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1699 yes | yes | yes | yes
1700 Arguments : none
1701
1702 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1703 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1704
1705 See also : "disabled"
1706
1707
1708errorfile <code> <file>
1709 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1710 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1711 yes | yes | yes | yes
1712 Arguments :
1713 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1714 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1715
1716 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001717 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001718 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001719 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1720 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001721
1722 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1723 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1724 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1725
1726 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1727 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1728 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1729 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1730
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001731 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1732 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1733 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1734 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1735 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1736 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1737
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001738 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1739 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1740 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001741 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001742 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1743
1744 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1745
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001746 Example :
1747 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1748 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1749 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1750
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001751
1752errorloc <code> <url>
1753errorloc302 <code> <url>
1754 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1755 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1756 yes | yes | yes | yes
1757 Arguments :
1758 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1759 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1760
1761 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1762 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1763 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1764 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1765 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1766
1767 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1768 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1769 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1770
1771 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1772 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1773 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1774 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1775 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1776 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1777 request.
1778
1779 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1780
1781
1782errorloc303 <code> <url>
1783 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1784 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1785 yes | yes | yes | yes
1786 Arguments :
1787 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1788 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1789
1790 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1791 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1792 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1793 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1794 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1795
1796 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1797 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1798 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1799
1800 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1801 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1802 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1803 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001804 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001805
1806 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1807
1808
Willy Tarreau4de91492010-01-22 19:10:05 +01001809force-persist { if | unless } <condition>
1810 Declare a condition to force persistence on down servers
1811 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1812 no | yes | yes | yes
1813
1814 By default, requests are not dispatched to down servers. It is possible to
1815 force this using "option persist", but it is unconditional and redispatches
1816 to a valid server if "option redispatch" is set. That leaves with very little
1817 possibilities to force some requests to reach a server which is artificially
1818 marked down for maintenance operations.
1819
1820 The "force-persist" statement allows one to declare various ACL-based
1821 conditions which, when met, will cause a request to ignore the down status of
1822 a server and still try to connect to it. That makes it possible to start a
1823 server, still replying an error to the health checks, and run a specially
1824 configured browser to test the service. Among the handy methods, one could
1825 use a specific source IP address, or a specific cookie. The cookie also has
1826 the advantage that it can easily be added/removed on the browser from a test
1827 page. Once the service is validated, it is then possible to open the service
1828 to the world by returning a valid response to health checks.
1829
1830 The forced persistence is enabled when an "if" condition is met, or unless an
1831 "unless" condition is met. The final redispatch is always disabled when this
1832 is used.
1833
1834 See also : "option redispatch", "persist", and section 7 about ACL usage.
1835
1836
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001837fullconn <conns>
1838 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1839 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1840 yes | no | yes | yes
1841 Arguments :
1842 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1843 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1844
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001845 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001846 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001847 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001848 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1849 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1850 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1851 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1852 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001853 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001854
1855 Example :
1856 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1857 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1858 # connections.
1859 backend dynamic
1860 fullconn 10000
1861 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1862 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1863
1864 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1865
1866
1867grace <time>
1868 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1869 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1870 no | yes | yes | yes
1871 Arguments :
1872 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1873 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1874 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1875
1876 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1877 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001878 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001879 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1880
1881 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1882 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1883 simplify it.
1884
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001885
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001886hash-type <method>
1887 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1888 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1889 yes | no | yes | yes
1890 Arguments :
1891 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1892 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1893 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1894 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1895 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1896 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1897 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1898 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1899 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1900
1901 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1902 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1903 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1904 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1905 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1906 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1907 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1908 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1909 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1910 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1911 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1912 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1913 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1914
1915 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1916
1917 See also : "balance", "server"
1918
1919
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001920http-check disable-on-404
1921 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1922 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001923 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001924 Arguments : none
1925
1926 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1927 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1928 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1929 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1930 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1931 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1932 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1933 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1934 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1935
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001936 See also : "option httpchk"
1937
1938
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001939id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001940 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1941 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1942 no | yes | yes | yes
1943 Arguments : none
1944
1945 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1946 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1947 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001948
1949
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001950log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001951log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001952 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1953 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1954 yes | yes | yes | yes
1955 Arguments :
1956 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1957 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1958 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1959 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1960 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1961 parameter.
1962
1963 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1964 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1965
1966 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1967 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1968 standard syslog port).
1969
1970 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1971 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1972 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1973 appropriately writeable).
1974
1975 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1976
1977 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1978 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1979 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1980
1981 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1982 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1983 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001984 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1985 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1986 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1987 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1988 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001989
1990 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1991
1992 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1993 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1994 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1995
1996 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001997 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1998 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1999 "info".
2000
2001 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
2002 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
2003 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
2004 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
2005
2006 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
2007 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002008
2009 Example :
2010 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02002011 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
2012 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002013
2014
2015maxconn <conns>
2016 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
2017 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2018 yes | yes | yes | no
2019 Arguments :
2020 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
2021 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
2022 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
2023 closes.
2024
2025 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
2026 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
2027 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
2028 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
2029 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
2030 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
2031 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
2032 properly tuned.
2033
2034 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
2035 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
2036 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
2037
2038 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
2039
2040
2041mode { tcp|http|health }
2042 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
2043 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2044 yes | yes | yes | yes
2045 Arguments :
2046 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
2047 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
2048 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
2049 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
2050
2051 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
2052 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
2053 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
2054 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
2055 brings HAProxy most of its value.
2056
2057 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
2058 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
2059 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
2060 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
2061 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
2062 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
2063
2064 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
2065 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
2066 will be refused.
2067
2068 Example :
2069 defaults http_instances
2070 mode http
2071
2072 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
2073
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002074
2075monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002076 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002077 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2078 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002079 Arguments :
2080 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2081 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002082 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002083 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2084 backend and its backup.
2085
2086 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2087 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2088 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2089 servers in a list of backends.
2090
2091 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2092 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2093 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2094 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2095 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2096 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2097 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002098 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002099
2100 Example:
2101 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002102 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002103 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2104 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2105 monitor-uri /site_alive
2106 monitor fail if site_dead
2107
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002108 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2109
2110
2111monitor-net <source>
2112 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2113 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2114 yes | yes | yes | no
2115 Arguments :
2116 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2117 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2118 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2119 followed by a mask.
2120
2121 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2122 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002123 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002124 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2125
2126 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2127 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2128 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2129 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2130 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2131
2132 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2133 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2134 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2135 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2136 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2137
2138 Example :
2139 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2140 frontend www
2141 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2142
2143 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2144
2145
2146monitor-uri <uri>
2147 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2148 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2149 yes | yes | yes | no
2150 Arguments :
2151 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2152 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2153
2154 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2155 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2156 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2157 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2158 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2159 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2160 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2161 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2162
2163 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2164 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2165 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2166 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2167 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2168 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2169
2170 Example :
2171 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2172 frontend www
2173 mode http
2174 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2175
2176 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2177
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002178
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002179option abortonclose
2180no option abortonclose
2181 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2182 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2183 yes | no | yes | yes
2184 Arguments : none
2185
2186 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2187 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2188 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2189 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002190 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002191 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2192 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2193 encountered while delivering the response.
2194
2195 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2196 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2197 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2198 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2199 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2200 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002201 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002202 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002203 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002204 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2205 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2206 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2207
2208 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2209 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2210 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2211 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2212 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2213 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2214 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2215 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002216 reduces the response time for other users.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002217
2218 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2219 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2220
2221 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2222
2223
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002224option accept-invalid-http-request
2225no option accept-invalid-http-request
2226 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2227 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2228 yes | yes | yes | no
2229 Arguments : none
2230
2231 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2232 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2233 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2234 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2235 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2236 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2237 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2238 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2239 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2240
2241 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2242 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2243 been confirmed.
2244
2245 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2246 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2247 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2248 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2249
2250 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2251 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2252
2253 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2254 stats socket.
2255
2256
2257option accept-invalid-http-response
2258no option accept-invalid-http-response
2259 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2260 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2261 yes | no | yes | yes
2262 Arguments : none
2263
2264 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2265 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2266 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2267 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2268 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2269 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2270 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2271 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2272 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2273
2274 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2275 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2276 been confirmed.
2277
2278 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2279 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2280 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2281 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2282
2283 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2284 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2285
2286 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2287 stats socket.
2288
2289
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002290option allbackups
2291no option allbackups
2292 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2293 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2294 yes | no | yes | yes
2295 Arguments : none
2296
2297 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2298 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2299 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2300 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2301 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2302 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2303 order between the backup servers anymore.
2304
2305 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2306 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2307
2308 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2309 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2310
2311
2312option checkcache
2313no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002314 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002315 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2316 yes | no | yes | yes
2317 Arguments : none
2318
2319 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2320 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002321 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002322 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2323 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2324 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2325
2326 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002327 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002328 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002329 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2330 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002331 to the client are :
2332 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002333 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002334 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002335 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2336 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2337 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2338 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2339 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2340 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2341 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2342 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2343 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2344 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2345 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2346
2347 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002348 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002349 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002350 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002351 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2352
2353 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2354 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002355 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002356 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2357
2358 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2359 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2360
2361
2362option clitcpka
2363no option clitcpka
2364 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2365 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2366 yes | yes | yes | no
2367 Arguments : none
2368
2369 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2370 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2371 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2372 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2373
2374 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2375 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2376 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2377 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2378
2379 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2380 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2381 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2382 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2383 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2384
2385 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2386
2387 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2388 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2389 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2390
2391 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2392 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2393
2394 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2395
2396
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002397option contstats
2398 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2399 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2400 yes | yes | yes | no
2401 Arguments : none
2402
2403 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2404 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2405 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2406 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2407 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2408 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2409 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2410
2411
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002412option dontlog-normal
2413no option dontlog-normal
2414 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2415 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2416 yes | yes | yes | no
2417 Arguments : none
2418
2419 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2420 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2421 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2422 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2423 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2424 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2425 logged.
2426
2427 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2428 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2429 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2430
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002431 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002432 logging.
2433
2434
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002435option dontlognull
2436no option dontlognull
2437 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2438 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2439 yes | yes | yes | no
2440 Arguments : none
2441
2442 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2443 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2444 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2445 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2446 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2447 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2448 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2449
2450 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2451 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2452 would not be logged.
2453
2454 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2455 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2456
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002457 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002458
2459
2460option forceclose
2461no option forceclose
2462 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2463 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002464 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002465 Arguments : none
2466
2467 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2468 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2469 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2470 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2471 global session times in the logs.
2472
2473 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002474 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002475 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that
2476 this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which
2477 means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some
2478 resources earlier than with httpclose.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002479
2480 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2481 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2482
2483 See also : "option httpclose"
2484
2485
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002486option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002487 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2488 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2489 yes | yes | yes | yes
2490 Arguments :
2491 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2492 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002493 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002494 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002495
2496 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2497 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2498 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2499 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2500 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2501 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2502 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002503 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2504 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2505 possible that the client has already brought one.
2506
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002507 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002508 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01002509 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2510 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002511 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2512 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002513
2514 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2515 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2516 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2517 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2518 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2519 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2520 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2521
2522 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002523 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2524 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2525 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002526
2527 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2528 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2529 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2530 when using this option.
2531
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002532 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002533 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2534 frontend www
2535 mode http
2536 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2537
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002538 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2539 backend www
2540 mode http
2541 option forwardfor header X-Client
2542
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002543 See also : "option httpclose"
2544
2545
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002546option httpchk
2547option httpchk <uri>
2548option httpchk <method> <uri>
2549option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2550 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2551 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2552 yes | no | yes | yes
2553 Arguments :
2554 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2555 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2556 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2557 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2558 ones.
2559
2560 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2561 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2562 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2563
2564 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2565 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2566 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2567 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2568 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2569
2570 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2571 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2572 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2573 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2574 the lack of any response.
2575
2576 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2577
2578 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2579 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2580 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2581
2582 Examples :
2583 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2584 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2585 backend https_relay
2586 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002587 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002588 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2589
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002590 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "option mysql-check",
2591 "http-check" and the "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002592
2593
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002594option http-server-close
2595no option http-server-close
2596 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2597 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2598 yes | yes | yes | yes
2599 Arguments : none
2600
2601 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2602 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2603 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2604 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2605 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2606 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2607 of RFC2616.
2608
2609 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2610 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2611 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2612 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01002613 timeout defined by "timeout http-keep-alive" or "timeout http-request" if
2614 not set.
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002615
2616 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2617 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002618 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option
2619 http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose"
2620 basically achieve the same result as "forceclose".
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002621
2622 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2623 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2624
2625 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2626
2627
Willy Tarreau88d349d2010-01-25 12:15:43 +01002628option http-use-proxy-header
2629[no] option http-use-proxy-header
2630 Make use of non-standard Proxy-Connection header instead of Connection
2631 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2632 yes | yes | yes | no
2633 Arguments : none
2634
2635 While RFC2616 explicitly states that HTTP/1.1 agents must use the
2636 Connection header to indicate their wish of persistent or non-persistent
2637 connections, both browsers and proxies ignore this header for proxied
2638 connections and make use of the undocumented, non-standard Proxy-Connection
2639 header instead. The issue begins when trying to put a load balancer between
2640 browsers and such proxies, because there will be a difference between what
2641 haproxy understands and what the client and the proxy agree on.
2642
2643 By setting this option in a frontend, haproxy can automatically switch to use
2644 that non-standard header if it sees proxied requests. A proxied request is
2645 defined here as one where the URI begins with neither a '/' nor a '*'. The
2646 choice of header only affects requests passing through proxies making use of
2647 one of the "httpclose", "forceclose" and "http-server-close" options. Note
2648 that this option can only be specified in a frontend and will affect the
2649 request along its whole life.
2650
2651 This option should normally never be used, except in front of a proxy.
2652
2653 See also : "option httpclose", "option forceclose" and "option
2654 http-server-close".
2655
2656
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002657option httpclose
2658no option httpclose
2659 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2660 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2661 yes | yes | yes | yes
2662 Arguments : none
2663
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002664 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002665 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2666 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2667 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2668 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2669 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2670 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2671 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2672 be removed.
2673
2674 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002675 close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2676 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens
2677 it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the
2678 request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also
2679 releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for
2680 the client to acknowledge it.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002681
2682 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2683 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2684 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002685 If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it
2686 basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose".
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002687
2688 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2689 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2690
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002691 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002692
2693
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002694option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002695 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2696 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2697 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002698 Arguments :
2699 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2700 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2701 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2702 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2703 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002704
2705 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2706 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2707 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2708 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2709 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2710 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2711 ports.
2712
2713 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2714
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002715 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2716 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2717 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2718 by default.
2719
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002720 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002721
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002722
2723option http_proxy
2724no option http_proxy
2725 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2726 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2727 yes | yes | yes | yes
2728 Arguments : none
2729
2730 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2731 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2732 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2733 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2734 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2735
2736 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2737 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2738 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2739 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2740 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2741 be analyzed.
2742
2743 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2744 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2745
2746 Example :
2747 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2748 backend direct_forward
2749 option httpclose
2750 option http_proxy
2751
2752 See also : "option httpclose"
2753
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002754
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002755option independant-streams
2756no option independant-streams
2757 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2758 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2759 yes | yes | yes | yes
2760 Arguments : none
2761
2762 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2763 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2764 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2765 receive data or not.
2766
2767 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2768 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2769 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2770 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2771 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2772 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2773 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2774 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2775 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2776 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2777 socket buffers.
2778
2779 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2780 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2781 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2782 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2783 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2784
2785 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2786
2787
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002788option log-health-checks
2789no option log-health-checks
2790 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2791 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2792 yes | no | yes | yes
2793 Arguments : none
2794
2795 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2796 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2797 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2798 of additional information is limited.
2799
2800 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2801 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2802
2803 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2804
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002805
2806option log-separate-errors
2807no option log-separate-errors
2808 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2809 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2810 yes | yes | yes | no
2811 Arguments : none
2812
2813 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2814 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2815 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2816 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2817 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2818 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2819 provides very important information.
2820
2821 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2822 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2823 error logs.
2824
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002825 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002826 logging.
2827
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002828
2829option logasap
2830no option logasap
2831 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2832 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2833 yes | yes | yes | no
2834 Arguments : none
2835
2836 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2837 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2838 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2839 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2840 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2841 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2842 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002843 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002844 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2845 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2846
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002847 Examples :
2848 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2849 mode http
2850 option httplog
2851 option logasap
2852 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2853
2854 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2855 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2856 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2857 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2858
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002859 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002860 logging.
2861
2862
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01002863option mysql-check
2864 Use Mysql health checks for server testing
2865 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2866 yes | no | yes | yes
2867 Arguments : none
2868
2869 The check consists in parsing Mysql Handshake Initialisation packet or Error
2870 packet, which is sent by MySQL server on connect. It is a basic but useful
2871 test which does not produce any logging on the server. However, it does not
2872 check database presence nor database consistency, nor user permission to
2873 access. To do this, you can use an external check with xinetd for example.
2874
2875 Most often, an incoming MySQL server needs to see the client's IP address for
2876 various purposes, including IP privilege matching and connection logging.
2877 When possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2878 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2879 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in, and the MySQL server
2880 to route the client via the machine hosting haproxy.
2881
2882 See also: "option httpchk"
2883
2884
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002885option nolinger
2886no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002887 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002888 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2889 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002890 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002891
2892 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2893 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2894 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2895 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2896 connections.
2897
2898 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2899 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2900 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2901 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2902 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2903 this too.
2904
2905 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2906 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2907 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2908
2909 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2910 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2911 for servers.
2912
2913 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2914 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2915
2916
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002917option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2918 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2919 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2920 yes | yes | yes | yes
2921 Arguments :
2922 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2923 matching <network>
2924 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2925 header name.
2926
2927 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2928 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2929 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2930 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2931 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2932 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2933 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2934 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2935 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2936 possible that the client has already brought one.
2937
2938 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2939 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2940 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2941 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2942 header and requires different one.
2943
2944 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2945 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2946 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2947 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2948 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2949 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2950 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2951
2952 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2953 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2954 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2955 both are defined.
2956
2957 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2958 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2959 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2960 when using this option.
2961
2962 Examples :
2963 # Original Destination address
2964 frontend www
2965 mode http
2966 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2967
2968 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2969 backend www
2970 mode http
2971 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2972
2973 See also : "option httpclose"
2974
2975
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002976option persist
2977no option persist
2978 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2979 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2980 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002981 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002982
2983 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2984 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2985 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2986 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2987 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2988 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2989 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2990 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2991 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2992 redirected to another valid server.
2993
2994 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2995 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2996
Willy Tarreau4de91492010-01-22 19:10:05 +01002997 See also : "option redispatch", "retries", "force-persist"
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002998
2999
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003000option redispatch
3001no option redispatch
3002 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3003 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3004 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003005 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003006
3007 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3008 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3009 be able to access the service anymore.
3010
3011 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
3012 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
3013
3014 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3015 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3016 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003017
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003018 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
3019 "redisp" keywords.
3020
3021 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3022 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3023
Willy Tarreau4de91492010-01-22 19:10:05 +01003024 See also : "redispatch", "retries", "force-persist"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003025
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003026
3027option smtpchk
3028option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
3029 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
3030 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3031 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003032 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003033 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
3034 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
3035 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
3036
3037 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
3038 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
3039 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
3040
3041 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
3042 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
3043 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
3044 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
3045 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
3046 dead server.
3047
3048 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
3049 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
3050 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
3051 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
3052
3053 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
3054 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
3055 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
3056 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
3057 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
3058
3059 Example :
3060 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
3061
3062 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
3063
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003064
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02003065option socket-stats
3066no option socket-stats
3067
3068 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
3069 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3070 yes | yes | yes | no
3071
3072 Arguments : none
3073
3074
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01003075option splice-auto
3076no option splice-auto
3077 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
3078 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3079 yes | yes | yes | yes
3080 Arguments : none
3081
3082 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3083 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
3084 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
3085 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003086 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01003087 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
3088 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
3089 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
3090 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3091
3092 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
3093 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
3094 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
3095 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
3096 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
3097 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
3098 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
3099 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
3100 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
3101 keyword.
3102
3103 Example :
3104 option splice-auto
3105
3106 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3107 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3108
3109 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
3110 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3111
3112
3113option splice-request
3114no option splice-request
3115 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
3116 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3117 yes | yes | yes | yes
3118 Arguments : none
3119
3120 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3121 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3122 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3123 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3124 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3125 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3126
3127 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3128
3129 Example :
3130 option splice-request
3131
3132 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3133 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3134
3135 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3136 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3137
3138
3139option splice-response
3140no option splice-response
3141 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3142 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3143 yes | yes | yes | yes
3144 Arguments : none
3145
3146 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3147 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3148 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3149 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3150 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3151 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3152
3153 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3154
3155 Example :
3156 option splice-response
3157
3158 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3159 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3160
3161 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3162 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3163
3164
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003165option srvtcpka
3166no option srvtcpka
3167 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3168 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3169 yes | no | yes | yes
3170 Arguments : none
3171
3172 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3173 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3174 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3175 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3176
3177 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3178 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3179 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3180 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3181
3182 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3183 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3184 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3185 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3186 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3187
3188 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3189
3190 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3191 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3192 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3193
3194 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3195 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3196
3197 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3198
3199
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003200option ssl-hello-chk
3201 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3202 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3203 yes | no | yes | yes
3204 Arguments : none
3205
3206 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3207 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3208 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3209 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3210 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3211 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3212 hello message.
3213
3214 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3215 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3216 messages, which is appreciable.
3217
3218 See also: "option httpchk"
3219
3220
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003221option tcp-smart-accept
3222no option tcp-smart-accept
3223 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3224 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3225 yes | yes | yes | no
3226 Arguments : none
3227
3228 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3229 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3230 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3231 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3232 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3233 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3234
3235 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3236 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3237 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3238 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3239
3240 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3241 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3242 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3243 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3244
3245 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3246 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3247 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3248
3249 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3250 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3251 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3252
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003253 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3254
3255
3256option tcp-smart-connect
3257no option tcp-smart-connect
3258 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3259 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3260 yes | no | yes | yes
3261 Arguments : none
3262
3263 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3264 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3265 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3266 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3267 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3268
3269 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3270 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3271 complex.
3272
3273 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3274 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3275 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3276
3277 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3278 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3279
3280 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3281
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003282
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003283option tcpka
3284 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3285 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3286 yes | yes | yes | yes
3287 Arguments : none
3288
3289 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3290 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3291 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3292 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3293
3294 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3295 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3296 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3297 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3298
3299 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3300 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3301 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3302 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3303 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3304
3305 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3306
3307 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3308 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3309 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3310 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3311 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3312 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3313 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3314 backends.
3315
3316 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3317
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003318
3319option tcplog
3320 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3321 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3322 yes | yes | yes | yes
3323 Arguments : none
3324
3325 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3326 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3327 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3328 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3329 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3330 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3331 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3332 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3333
3334 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3335
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003336 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003337
3338
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003339option transparent
3340no option transparent
3341 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3342 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003343 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003344 Arguments : none
3345
3346 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3347 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3348 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3349 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3350 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3351 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3352 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3353 appropriate server.
3354
3355 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3356 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3357
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003358 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3359 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003360
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003361
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003362persist rdp-cookie
3363persist rdp-cookie(name)
3364 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3365 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3366 yes | no | yes | yes
3367 Arguments :
3368 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3369 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3370 no valid reason to change this name.
3371
3372 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3373 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3374 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3375 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3376 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3377 forwarded to this server.
3378
3379 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3380 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3381 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003382 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003383 a single "listen" section.
3384
3385 Example :
3386 listen tse-farm
3387 bind :3389
3388 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3389 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3390 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3391 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3392 persist rdp-cookie
3393 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3394 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3395 balance rdp-cookie
3396 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3397 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3398
3399 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3400
3401
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003402rate-limit sessions <rate>
3403 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3404 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3405 yes | yes | yes | no
3406 Arguments :
3407 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3408 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3409
3410 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3411 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3412 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3413 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3414 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3415 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3416
3417 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3418 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3419 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3420 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3421
3422 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3423 listen smtp
3424 mode tcp
3425 bind :25
3426 rate-limit sessions 10
3427 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3428
3429 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3430 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3431
3432 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3433
3434
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003435redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3436redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003437 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3438 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3439 no | yes | yes | yes
3440
3441 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003442 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003443
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003444 Arguments :
3445 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3446 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3447 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3448 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003449 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3450 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3451 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3452 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003453
3454 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3455 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3456 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3457 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3458 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3459 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3460 location with a GET method.
3461
3462 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3463 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3464
3465 - "drop-query"
3466 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3467 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3468 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3469 with a location-type redirect.
3470
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003471 - "append-slash"
3472 This keyword may be used in conjunction with "drop-query" to redirect
3473 users who use a URL not ending with a '/' to the same one with the '/'.
3474 It can be useful to ensure that search engines will only see one URL.
3475 For this, a return code 301 is preferred.
3476
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003477 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3478 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3479 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3480 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3481 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3482 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3483 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3484
3485 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3486 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3487 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3488 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3489 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3490 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3491 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003492
3493 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3494 acl clear dst_port 80
3495 acl secure dst_port 8080
3496 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003497 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003498 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003499 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3500
3501 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003502 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3503 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3504 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003505 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003506
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003507 Example: send redirects for request for articles without a '/'.
3508 acl missing_slash path_reg ^/article/[^/]*$
3509 redirect code 301 prefix / drop-query append-slash if missing_slash
3510
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003511 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003512
3513
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003514redisp (deprecated)
3515redispatch (deprecated)
3516 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3517 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3518 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003519 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003520
3521 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3522 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3523 be able to access the service anymore.
3524
3525 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3526 redistribute them to a working server.
3527
3528 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3529 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3530 value.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003531
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003532 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3533 "option redispatch" instead.
3534
3535 See also : "option redispatch"
3536
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003537
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003538reqadd <string>
3539 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3540 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3541 no | yes | yes | yes
3542 Arguments :
3543 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3544 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003545 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003546
3547 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3548 the last header of an HTTP request.
3549
3550 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3551 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3552 responses.
3553
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003554 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003555
3556
3557reqallow <search>
3558reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3559 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3560 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3561 no | yes | yes | yes
3562 Arguments :
3563 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3564 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3565 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3566 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3567 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3568 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3569 ignores case.
3570
3571 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3572 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3573 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3574 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003575 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003576
3577 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3578 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3579
3580 Example :
3581 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3582 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3583 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3584
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003585 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003586 manipulation
3587
3588
3589reqdel <search>
3590reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3591 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3592 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3593 no | yes | yes | yes
3594 Arguments :
3595 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3596 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3597 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3598 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3599 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3600 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3601
3602 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3603 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3604 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3605 next servers.
3606
3607 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3608 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3609 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3610
3611 Example :
3612 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3613 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3614 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3615
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003616 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003617 manipulation
3618
3619
3620reqdeny <search>
3621reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3622 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3623 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3624 no | yes | yes | yes
3625 Arguments :
3626 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3627 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3628 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3629 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3630 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3631 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3632 case.
3633
3634 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3635 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3636 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3637 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003638 header names are not.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003639
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003640 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003641 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01003642 using ACLs.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003643
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003644 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3645 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3646
3647 Example :
3648 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3649 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3650 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3651
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003652 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003653 header manipulation
3654
3655
3656reqpass <search>
3657reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3658 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3659 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3660 no | yes | yes | yes
3661 Arguments :
3662 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3663 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3664 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3665 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3666 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3667 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3668 case.
3669
3670 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3671 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3672 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3673 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3674
3675 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3676 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3677
3678 Example :
3679 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3680 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3681 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3682 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3683
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003684 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003685 header manipulation
3686
3687
3688reqrep <search> <string>
3689reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3690 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3691 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3692 no | yes | yes | yes
3693 Arguments :
3694 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3695 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3696 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3697 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3698 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3699 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3700
3701 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3702 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3703 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3704 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003705 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003706
3707 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3708 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3709 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3710
3711 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3712 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3713 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3714 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3715 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3716
3717 Example :
3718 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3719 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3720 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3721 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3722
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003723 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003724 manipulation
3725
3726
3727reqtarpit <search>
3728reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3729 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3730 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3731 no | yes | yes | yes
3732 Arguments :
3733 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3734 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3735 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3736 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3737 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3738 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3739 ignores case.
3740
3741 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3742 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003743 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3744 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3745 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003746 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3747 not set.
3748
3749 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3750 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3751 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3752 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3753 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3754
3755 Example :
3756 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3757 # block all others.
3758 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3759 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3760
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003761 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003762 manipulation
3763
3764
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003765retries <value>
3766 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3767 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3768 yes | no | yes | yes
3769 Arguments :
3770 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3771 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3772 default value is 3.
3773
3774 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3775 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3776 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3777
3778 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3779 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3780
3781 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3782 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3783
3784 See also : "option redispatch"
3785
3786
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003787rspadd <string>
3788 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3789 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3790 no | yes | yes | yes
3791 Arguments :
3792 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3793 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003794 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003795
3796 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3797 the last header of an HTTP response.
3798
3799 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3800 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3801 responses.
3802
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003803 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003804
3805
3806rspdel <search>
3807rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3808 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3809 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3810 no | yes | yes | yes
3811 Arguments :
3812 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3813 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3814 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3815 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3816 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3817 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3818 ignores case.
3819
3820 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3821 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3822 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3823 client.
3824
3825 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3826 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3827 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3828
3829 Example :
3830 # remove the Server header from responses
3831 reqidel ^Server:.*
3832
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003833 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003834 manipulation
3835
3836
3837rspdeny <search>
3838rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3839 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3840 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3841 no | yes | yes | yes
3842 Arguments :
3843 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3844 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3845 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3846 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3847 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3848 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3849 ignores case.
3850
3851 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3852 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3853 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3854 case-sensitive.
3855
3856 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003857 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3858 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3859 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003860
3861 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3862 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3863
3864 Example :
3865 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3866 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3867
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003868 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003869 manipulation
3870
3871
3872rsprep <search> <string>
3873rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3874 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3875 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3876 no | yes | yes | yes
3877 Arguments :
3878 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3879 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3880 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3881 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3882 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3883 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3884 ignores case.
3885
3886 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3887 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3888 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3889 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003890 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003891
3892 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3893 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3894 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3895
3896 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3897 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3898 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3899 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3900 are not case-sensitive.
3901
3902 Example :
3903 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3904 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3905
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003906 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003907 manipulation
3908
3909
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003910server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3911 Declare a server in a backend
3912 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3913 no | no | yes | yes
3914 Arguments :
3915 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3916 appear in logs and alerts.
3917
3918 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3919 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3920 start-up.
3921
3922 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3923 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3924 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3925 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3926 adding this value to the client's port.
3927
3928 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3929 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003930 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003931
3932 Examples :
3933 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3934 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3935
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01003936 See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003937
3938
3939source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003940source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003941 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3942 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3943 yes | no | yes | yes
3944 Arguments :
3945 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3946 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3947 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3948 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3949
3950 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3951 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003952 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3953 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3954 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003955
3956 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3957 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3958 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3959 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3960 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3961 <addr>.
3962
3963 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3964 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3965 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3966 port.
3967
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003968 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3969 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3970 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3971 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3972 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3973 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3974
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003975 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3976 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3977 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3978 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3979
3980 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3981 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3982 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3983 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3984 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3985 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3986
3987 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3988 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3989 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3990 there are two methods :
3991
3992 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3993 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3994 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3995 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3996 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3997 of the client ranges may be used.
3998
3999 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
4000 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
4001 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
4002 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
4003 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
4004 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
4005 same session.
4006
4007 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
4008 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
4009 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
4010 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
4011 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
4012 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
4013
4014 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
4015 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
4016 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004017 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004018
4019 Examples :
4020 backend private
4021 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
4022 source 192.168.1.200
4023
4024 backend transparent_ssl1
4025 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
4026 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
4027
4028 backend transparent_ssl2
4029 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
4030 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
4031 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
4032
4033 backend transparent_ssl3
4034 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
4035 # is more conntrack-friendly.
4036 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
4037
4038 backend transparent_smtp
4039 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
4040 # with Tproxy version 4.
4041 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
4042
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004043 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004044 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
4045
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01004046
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004047srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4048 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4049 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4050 yes | no | yes | yes
4051 Arguments :
4052 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4053 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4054 as explained at the top of this document.
4055
4056 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4057 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4058 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4059 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4060 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4061 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4062 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4063
4064 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4065 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4066 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4067 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4068 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004069 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004070 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004071 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004072
4073 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4074 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4075 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4076 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4077 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4078 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4079
4080 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
4081 Please use "timeout server" instead.
4082
4083 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
4084
4085
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004086stats auth <user>:<passwd>
4087 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
4088 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4089 yes | no | yes | yes
4090 Arguments :
4091 <user> is a user name to grant access to
4092
4093 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
4094
4095 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
4096 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
4097 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
4098 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
4099 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
4100 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
4101
4102 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
4103 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
4104 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
4105 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
4106
4107 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
4108 report using "stats scope".
4109
4110 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4111 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4112 unobvious parameters.
4113
4114 Example :
4115 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4116 backend public_www
4117 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4118 stats enable
4119 stats hide-version
4120 stats scope .
4121 stats uri /admin?stats
4122 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4123 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4124 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4125
4126 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4127 backend private_monitoring
4128 stats enable
4129 stats uri /admin?stats
4130 stats refresh 5s
4131
4132 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
4133
4134
4135stats enable
4136 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
4137 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4138 yes | no | yes | yes
4139 Arguments : none
4140
4141 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
4142 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
4143 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
4144 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
4145 - stats auth : no authentication
4146 - stats scope : no restriction
4147
4148 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4149 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4150 unobvious parameters.
4151
4152 Example :
4153 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4154 backend public_www
4155 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4156 stats enable
4157 stats hide-version
4158 stats scope .
4159 stats uri /admin?stats
4160 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4161 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4162 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4163
4164 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4165 backend private_monitoring
4166 stats enable
4167 stats uri /admin?stats
4168 stats refresh 5s
4169
4170 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4171
4172
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004173stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004174 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4175 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4176 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004177 Arguments:
4178 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4179 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004180
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004181 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4182 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4183 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004184
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004185 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4186 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4187 unobvious parameters.
4188
4189 Example:
4190 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4191 backend private_monitoring
4192 stats enable
4193 stats show-node Europe-1
4194 stats uri /admin?stats
4195 stats refresh 5s
4196
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004197 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global
4198 section.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004199
4200
4201stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4202 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4203 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4204 yes | no | yes | yes
4205
4206 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4207 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4208
4209 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4210 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004211
4212 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4213 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4214 unobvious parameters.
4215
4216 Example :
4217 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4218 backend private_monitoring
4219 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004220 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004221 stats uri /admin?stats
4222 stats refresh 5s
4223
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004224 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in
4225 global section.
4226
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004227
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki15514c22010-01-04 16:03:09 +01004228stats show-legends
4229 Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page :
4230 - cap: capabilities (proxy)
4231 - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy)
4232 - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server)
4233 - IP (socket, server)
4234 - cookie (backend, server)
4235
4236 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4237 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4238 unobvious parameters.
4239
4240 See also: "stats enable", "stats uri".
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004241
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01004242
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004243stats realm <realm>
4244 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4245 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4246 yes | no | yes | yes
4247 Arguments :
4248 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4249 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4250 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4251
4252 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4253 using a backslash ('\').
4254
4255 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4256 only related to authentication.
4257
4258 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4259 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4260 unobvious parameters.
4261
4262 Example :
4263 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4264 backend public_www
4265 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4266 stats enable
4267 stats hide-version
4268 stats scope .
4269 stats uri /admin?stats
4270 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4271 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4272 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4273
4274 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4275 backend private_monitoring
4276 stats enable
4277 stats uri /admin?stats
4278 stats refresh 5s
4279
4280 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4281
4282
4283stats refresh <delay>
4284 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4285 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4286 yes | no | yes | yes
4287 Arguments :
4288 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4289 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4290 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4291 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4292 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4293 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4294
4295 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4296 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4297 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4298 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4299
4300 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4301 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4302 unobvious parameters.
4303
4304 Example :
4305 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4306 backend public_www
4307 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4308 stats enable
4309 stats hide-version
4310 stats scope .
4311 stats uri /admin?stats
4312 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4313 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4314 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4315
4316 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4317 backend private_monitoring
4318 stats enable
4319 stats uri /admin?stats
4320 stats refresh 5s
4321
4322 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4323
4324
4325stats scope { <name> | "." }
4326 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4327 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4328 yes | no | yes | yes
4329 Arguments :
4330 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4331 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4332 section in which the statement appears.
4333
4334 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4335 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4336 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4337 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4338 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4339 exists.
4340
4341 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4342 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4343 unobvious parameters.
4344
4345 Example :
4346 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4347 backend public_www
4348 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4349 stats enable
4350 stats hide-version
4351 stats scope .
4352 stats uri /admin?stats
4353 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4354 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4355 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4356
4357 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4358 backend private_monitoring
4359 stats enable
4360 stats uri /admin?stats
4361 stats refresh 5s
4362
4363 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4364
4365
4366stats uri <prefix>
4367 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4368 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4369 yes | no | yes | yes
4370 Arguments :
4371 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4372 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4373 query string.
4374
4375 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4376 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4377 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4378 possible to reach it in the application.
4379
4380 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004381 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004382 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4383 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4384 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4385 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4386
4387 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4388 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4389 an address or a port to statistics only.
4390
4391 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4392 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4393 unobvious parameters.
4394
4395 Example :
4396 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4397 backend public_www
4398 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4399 stats enable
4400 stats hide-version
4401 stats scope .
4402 stats uri /admin?stats
4403 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4404 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4405 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4406
4407 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4408 backend private_monitoring
4409 stats enable
4410 stats uri /admin?stats
4411 stats refresh 5s
4412
4413 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4414
4415
4416stats hide-version
4417 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4418 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4419 yes | no | yes | yes
4420 Arguments : none
4421
4422 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4423 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4424 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4425 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4426 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4427 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4428
4429 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4430 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4431 unobvious parameters.
4432
4433 Example :
4434 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4435 backend public_www
4436 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4437 stats enable
4438 stats hide-version
4439 stats scope .
4440 stats uri /admin?stats
4441 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4442 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4443 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4444
4445 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4446 backend private_monitoring
4447 stats enable
4448 stats uri /admin?stats
4449 stats refresh 5s
4450
4451 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4452
4453
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +01004454stick match <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <cond>]
4455 Define a request pattern matching condition to stick a user to a server
4456 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4457 no | no | yes | yes
4458
4459 Arguments :
4460 <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It
4461 describes what elements of the incoming request or connection
4462 will be analysed in the hope to find a matching entry in a
4463 stickiness table. This rule is mandatory.
4464
4465 <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same
4466 backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using
4467 the "stick-table" statement.
4468
4469 <cond> is an optional matching condition. It makes it possible to match
4470 on a certain criterion only when other conditions are met (or
4471 not met). For instance, it could be used to match on a source IP
4472 address except when a request passes through a known proxy, in
4473 which case we'd match on a header containing that IP address.
4474
4475 Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot
4476 always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick match" statement
4477 describes a rule to extract the stickiness criterion from an incoming request
4478 or connection. See section 7 for a complete list of possible patterns and
4479 transformation rules.
4480
4481 The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of
4482 a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present
4483 in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by
4484 referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced,
4485 the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs
4486 start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of
4487 doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting.
4488
4489 It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick match" statement
4490 will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. See section 7 for
4491 ACL based conditions.
4492
4493 There is no limit on the number of "stick match" statements. The first that
4494 applies and matches will cause the request to be directed to the same server
4495 as was used for the request which created the entry. That way, multiple
4496 matches can be used as fallbacks.
4497
4498 The stick rules are checked after the persistence cookies, so they will not
4499 affect stickiness if a cookie has already been used to select a server. That
4500 way, it becomes very easy to insert cookies and match on IP addresses in
4501 order to maintain stickiness between HTTP and HTTPS.
4502
4503 Example :
4504 # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the
4505 # last 30 minutes
4506 backend pop
4507 mode tcp
4508 balance roundrobin
4509 stick store-request src
4510 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4511 server s1 192.168.1.1:110
4512 server s2 192.168.1.1:110
4513
4514 backend smtp
4515 mode tcp
4516 balance roundrobin
4517 stick match src table pop
4518 server s1 192.168.1.1:25
4519 server s2 192.168.1.1:25
4520
4521 See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern
4522 extraction.
4523
4524
4525stick on <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>]
4526 Define a request pattern to associate a user to a server
4527 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4528 no | no | yes | yes
4529
4530 Note : This form is exactly equivalent to "stick match" followed by
4531 "stick store-request", all with the same arguments. Please refer
4532 to both keywords for details. It is only provided as a convenience
4533 for writing more maintainable configurations.
4534
4535 Examples :
4536 # The following form ...
4537 stick or src table pop if !localhost
4538
4539 # ...is strictly equivalent to this one :
4540 stick match src table pop if !localhost
4541 stick store-request src table pop if !localhost
4542
4543
4544 # Use cookie persistence for HTTP, and stick on source address for HTTPS as
4545 # well as HTTP without cookie. Share the same table between both accesses.
4546 backend http
4547 mode http
4548 balance roundrobin
4549 stick on src table https
4550 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
4551 server s1 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s1
4552 server s2 192.168.1.1:80 cookie s2
4553
4554 backend https
4555 mode tcp
4556 balance roundrobin
4557 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4558 stick on src
4559 server s1 192.168.1.1:443
4560 server s2 192.168.1.1:443
4561
4562 See also : "stick match" and "stick store-request"
4563
4564
4565stick store-request <pattern> [table <table>] [{if | unless} <condition>]
4566 Define a request pattern used to create an entry in a stickiness table
4567 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4568 no | no | yes | yes
4569
4570 Arguments :
4571 <pattern> is a pattern extraction rule as described in section 7.8. It
4572 describes what elements of the incoming request or connection
4573 will be analysed, extracted and stored in the table once a
4574 server is selected.
4575
4576 <table> is an optional stickiness table name. If unspecified, the same
4577 backend's table is used. A stickiness table is declared using
4578 the "stick-table" statement.
4579
4580 <cond> is an optional storage condition. It makes it possible to store
4581 certain criteria only when some conditions are met (or not met).
4582 For instance, it could be used to store the source IP address
4583 except when the request passes through a known proxy, in which
4584 case we'd store a converted form of a header containing that IP
4585 address.
4586
4587 Some protocols or applications require complex stickiness rules and cannot
4588 always simply rely on cookies nor hashing. The "stick store-request" statement
4589 describes a rule to decide what to extract from the request and when to do
4590 it, in order to store it into a stickiness table for further requests to
4591 match it using the "stick match" statement. Obviously the extracted part must
4592 make sense and have a chance to be matched in a further request. Storing a
4593 client's IP address for instance often makes sense. Storing an ID found in a
4594 URL parameter also makes sense. Storing a source port will almost never make
4595 any sense because it will be randomly matched. See section 7 for a complete
4596 list of possible patterns and transformation rules.
4597
4598 The table has to be declared using the "stick-table" statement. It must be of
4599 a type compatible with the pattern. By default it is the one which is present
4600 in the same backend. It is possible to share a table with other backends by
4601 referencing it using the "table" keyword. If another table is referenced,
4602 the server's ID inside the backends are used. By default, all server IDs
4603 start at 1 in each backend, so the server ordering is enough. But in case of
4604 doubt, it is highly recommended to force server IDs using their "id" setting.
4605
4606 It is possible to restrict the conditions where a "stick store-request"
4607 statement will apply, using "if" or "unless" followed by a condition. This
4608 condition will be evaluated while parsing the request, so any criteria can be
4609 used. See section 7 for ACL based conditions.
4610
4611 There is no limit on the number of "stick store-request" statements, but
4612 there is a limit of 8 simultaneous stores per request or response. This
4613 makes it possible to store up to 8 criteria, all extracted from either the
4614 request or the response, regardless of the number of rules. Only the 8 first
4615 ones which match will be kept. Using this, it is possible to feed multiple
4616 tables at once in the hope to increase the chance to recognize a user on
4617 another protocol or access method.
4618
4619 The "store-request" rules are evaluated once the server connection has been
4620 established, so that the table will contain the real server that processed
4621 the request.
4622
4623 Example :
4624 # forward SMTP users to the same server they just used for POP in the
4625 # last 30 minutes
4626 backend pop
4627 mode tcp
4628 balance roundrobin
4629 stick store-request src
4630 stick-table type ip size 200k expire 30m
4631 server s1 192.168.1.1:110
4632 server s2 192.168.1.1:110
4633
4634 backend smtp
4635 mode tcp
4636 balance roundrobin
4637 stick match src table pop
4638 server s1 192.168.1.1:25
4639 server s2 192.168.1.1:25
4640
4641 See also : "stick-table", "stick on", and section 7 about ACLs and pattern
4642 extraction.
4643
4644
4645stick-table type {ip | integer | string [len <length>] } size <size>
4646 [expire <expire>] [nopurge]
4647 Configure the stickiness table for the current backend
4648 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4649 no | no | yes | yes
4650
4651 Arguments :
4652 ip a table declared with "type ip" will only store IPv4 addresses.
4653 This form is very compact (about 50 bytes per entry) and allows
4654 very fast entry lookup and stores with almost no overhead. This
4655 is mainly used to store client source IP addresses.
4656
4657 integer a table declared with "type integer" will store 32bit integers
4658 which can represent a client identifier found in a request for
4659 instance.
4660
4661 string a table declared with "type string" will store substrings of up
4662 to <len> characters. If the string provided by the pattern
4663 extractor is larger than <len>, it will be truncated before
4664 being stored. During matching, at most <len> characters will be
4665 compared between the string in the table and the extracted
4666 pattern. When not specified, the string is automatically limited
4667 to 31 characters.
4668
4669 <length> is the maximum number of characters that will be stored in a
4670 "string" type table. See type "string" above. Be careful when
4671 changing this parameter as memory usage will proportionally
4672 increase.
4673
4674 <size> is the maximum number of entries that can fit in the table. This
4675 value directly impats memory usage. Count approximately 50 bytes
4676 per entry, plus the size of a string if any. The size supports
4677 suffixes "k", "m", "g" for 2^10, 2^20 and 2^30 factors.
4678
4679 [nopurge] indicates that we refuse to purge older entries when the table
4680 is full. When not specified and the table is full when haproxy
4681 wants to store an entry in it, it will flush a few of the oldest
4682 entries in order to release some space for the new ones. This is
4683 most often the desired behaviour. In some specific cases, it
4684 be desirable to refuse new entries instead of purging the older
4685 ones. That may be the case when the amount of data to store is
4686 far above the hardware limits and we prefer not to offer access
4687 to new clients than to reject the ones already connected. When
4688 using this parameter, be sure to properly set the "expire"
4689 parameter (see below).
4690
4691 <expire> defines the maximum duration of an entry in the table since it
4692 was last created, refreshed or matched. The expiration delay is
4693 defined using the standard time format, similarly as the various
4694 timeouts. The maximum duration is slightly above 24 days. See
4695 section 2.2 for more information. If this delay is not specified,
4696 the session won't automatically expire, but older entries will
4697 be removed once full. Be sure not to use the "nopurge" parameter
4698 if not expiration delay is specified.
4699
4700 The is only one stick-table per backend. At the moment of writing this doc,
4701 it does not seem useful to have multiple tables per backend. If this happens
4702 to be required, simply create a dummy backend with a stick-table in it and
4703 reference it.
4704
4705 It is important to understand that stickiness based on learning information
4706 has some limitations, including the fact that all learned associations are
4707 lost upon restart. In general it can be good as a complement but not always
4708 as an exclusive stickiness.
4709
4710 See also : "stick match", "stick on", "stick store-request", and section 2.2
4711 about time format.
4712
4713
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004714tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4715 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4716 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4717 no | yes | yes | no
4718
4719 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4720 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4721 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4722 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4723 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4724 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4725 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4726 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4727
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004728 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004729 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4730
4731 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4732 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4733 "reject" statement.
4734
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004735 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004736
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004737 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004738
4739
4740tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4741 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4742 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4743 no | yes | yes | no
4744
4745 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4746 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4747 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4748 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4749 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4750 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4751 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4752 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4753
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004754 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004755 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4756
4757 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4758 "accept".
4759
4760 Example:
4761 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4762 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4763 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4764 tcp-request reject if content_present
4765
4766 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4767 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4768 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4769 tcp-request accept if content_present
4770 tcp-request reject
4771
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004772 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004773
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004774 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004775
4776
4777tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4778 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4779 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4780 no | yes | yes | no
4781 Arguments :
4782 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4783 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4784 as explained at the top of this document.
4785
4786 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4787 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4788 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4789 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4790 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4791
4792 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4793 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004794 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004795 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004796 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4797 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4798 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4799 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004800
4801 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4802 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4803 it pass through unaffected.
4804
4805 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4806 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4807 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004808 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004809 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4810 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4811 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4812
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004813 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004814 "timeout client".
4815
4816
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004817timeout check <timeout>
4818 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4819 established.
4820
4821 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4822 yes | no | yes | yes
4823 Arguments:
4824 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4825 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4826 as explained at the top of this document.
4827
4828 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4829 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4830 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4831 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4832 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4833 long "timeout connect".
4834
4835 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4836 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4837
4838 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4839 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004840 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004841
4842 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4843 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4844 forget about it.
4845
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004846 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4847 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004848
4849
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004850timeout client <timeout>
4851timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4852 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4853 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4854 yes | yes | yes | no
4855 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004856 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004857 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4858 as explained at the top of this document.
4859
4860 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4861 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4862 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4863 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4864 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4865 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4866 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4867 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004868 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004869 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4870 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4871
4872 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4873 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4874 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4875 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4876 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4877 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4878
4879 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4880 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4881 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4882
4883 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4884
4885
4886timeout connect <timeout>
4887timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4888 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4889 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4890 yes | no | yes | yes
4891 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004892 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004893 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4894 as explained at the top of this document.
4895
4896 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004897 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01004898 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004899 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004900 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4901 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004902
4903 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4904 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4905 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4906 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4907 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4908 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4909
4910 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4911 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4912 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4913
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004914 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4915 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004916
4917
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004918timeout http-keep-alive <timeout>
4919 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear
4920 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4921 yes | yes | yes | yes
4922 Arguments :
4923 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4924 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4925 as explained at the top of this document.
4926
4927 By default, the time to wait for a new request in case of keep-alive is set
4928 by "timeout http-request". However this is not always convenient because some
4929 people want very short keep-alive timeouts in order to release connections
4930 faster, and others prefer to have larger ones but still have short timeouts
4931 once the request has started to present itself.
4932
4933 The "http-keep-alive" timeout covers these needs. It will define how long to
4934 wait for a new HTTP request to start coming after a response was sent. Once
4935 the first byte of request has been seen, the "http-request" timeout is used
4936 to wait for the complete request to come. Note that empty lines prior to a
4937 new request do not refresh the timeout and are not counted as a new request.
4938
4939 There is also another difference between the two timeouts : when a connection
4940 expires during timeout http-keep-alive, no error is returned, the connection
4941 just closes. If the connection expires in "http-request" while waiting for a
4942 connection to complete, a HTTP 408 error is returned.
4943
4944 In general it is optimal to set this value to a few tens to hundreds of
4945 milliseconds, to allow users to fetch all objects of a page at once but
4946 without waiting for further clicks. Also, if set to a very small value (eg:
4947 1 millisecond) it will probably only accept pipelined requests but not the
4948 non-pipelined ones. It may be a nice trade-off for very large sites running
4949 with tends to hundreds of thousands of clients.
4950
4951 If this parameter is not set, the "http-request" timeout applies, and if both
4952 are not set, "timeout client" still applies at the lower level. It should be
4953 set in the frontend to take effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in
4954 which case the HTTP backend's timeout will be used.
4955
4956 See also : "timeout http-request", "timeout client".
4957
4958
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004959timeout http-request <timeout>
4960 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4961 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004962 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004963 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004964 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004965 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4966 as explained at the top of this document.
4967
4968 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4969 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4970 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4971 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4972 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4973 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4974 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4975 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4976
4977 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4978 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004979 used anymore. It is used again on keep-alive connections to wait for a second
4980 request if "timeout http-keep-alive" is not set.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004981
4982 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4983 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4984 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4985 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4986 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4987
4988 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004989 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4990 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4991 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004992
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004993 See also : "timeout http-keep-alive", "timeout client".
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004994
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004995
4996timeout queue <timeout>
4997 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4998 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4999 yes | no | yes | yes
5000 Arguments :
5001 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
5002 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5003 as explained at the top of this document.
5004
5005 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
5006 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
5007 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
5008 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
5009 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
5010
5011 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
5012 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
5013 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
5014 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
5015
5016 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
5017
5018
5019timeout server <timeout>
5020timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
5021 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
5022 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5023 yes | no | yes | yes
5024 Arguments :
5025 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
5026 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5027 as explained at the top of this document.
5028
5029 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
5030 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
5031 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
5032 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
5033 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
5034 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
5035 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
5036
5037 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
5038 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
5039 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
5040 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
5041 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005042 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005043 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005044 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005045
5046 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
5047 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
5048 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
5049 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
5050 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
5051 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
5052
5053 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
5054 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
5055 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
5056
5057 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
5058
5059
5060timeout tarpit <timeout>
5061 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
5062 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5063 yes | yes | yes | yes
5064 Arguments :
5065 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
5066 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
5067 as explained at the top of this document.
5068
5069 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
5070 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
5071 defines how long it will be maintained open.
5072
5073 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
5074 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
5075 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
5076 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005077 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005078
5079 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
5080
5081
5082transparent (deprecated)
5083 Enable client-side transparent proxying
5084 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01005085 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005086 Arguments : none
5087
5088 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
5089 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
5090 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
5091 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
5092 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
5093 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
5094 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
5095 appropriate server.
5096
5097 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
5098
5099 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
5100 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
5101
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005102 See also: "option transparent"
5103
5104
5105use_backend <backend> if <condition>
5106use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005107 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005108 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
5109 no | yes | yes | no
5110 Arguments :
5111 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
5112
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005113 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005114
5115 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
5116 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
5117 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005118 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
5119 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
5120 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
5121 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005122
5123 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
5124 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
5125 assign the backend.
5126
5127 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
5128 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
5129 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
5130 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
5131 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
5132 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
5133
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02005134 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005135 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02005136 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
5137 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
5138 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
5139
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02005140 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005141
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01005142
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +010051435. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005144-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005145
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01005146The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings
5147which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those
5148arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those
5149settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values
5150after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name.
5151Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's
5152address if they are used:
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005153
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005154 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01005155 default-server [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005156
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005157The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005158
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005159addr <ipv4>
5160 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
5161 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
5162 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
5163 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
5164 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005165
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005166 Supported in default-server: No
5167
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005168backup
5169 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
5170 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
5171 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
5172 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
5173 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
5174 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005175
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005176 Supported in default-server: No
5177
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005178check
5179 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
5180 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
5181 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
5182 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
5183 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
5184 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
5185 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
5186 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
5187 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
Hervé COMMOWICK698ae002010-01-12 09:25:13 +01005188 "mysql-check" and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and
5189 parameters for more information.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005190
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005191 Supported in default-server: No
5192
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005193cookie <value>
5194 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
5195 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
5196 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
5197 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
5198 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
5199 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
5200 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
5201
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005202 Supported in default-server: No
5203
5204error-limit <count>
Willy Tarreau983e01e2010-01-11 18:42:06 +01005205 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the
5206 number of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error"
5207 option. By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005208
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005209 Supported in default-server: Yes
5210
5211 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005212
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005213fall <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005214 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
5215 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
5216 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
5217
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005218 Supported in default-server: Yes
5219
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005220id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02005221 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
5222 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
5223 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005224
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005225 Supported in default-server: No
5226
5227inter <delay>
5228fastinter <delay>
5229downinter <delay>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005230 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
5231 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
5232 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
5233 between checks depending on the server state :
5234
5235 Server state | Interval used
5236 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5237 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
5238 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5239 Transitionally UP (going down), |
5240 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
5241 or yet unchecked. |
5242 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
5243 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
5244 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005245
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005246 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
5247 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
5248 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
5249 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
5250 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
5251 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
5252 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
5253 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
5254 servers.
5255
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005256 Supported in default-server: Yes
5257
5258maxconn <maxconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005259 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
5260 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
5261 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
5262 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
5263 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
5264 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
5265 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
5266 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
5267
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005268 Supported in default-server: Yes
5269
5270maxqueue <maxqueue>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005271 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
5272 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
5273 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
5274 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
5275 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
5276 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
5277 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
5278
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005279 Supported in default-server: Yes
5280
5281minconn <minconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005282 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
5283 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
5284 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
5285 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
5286 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
5287 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005288 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005289 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005290
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005291 Supported in default-server: Yes
5292
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005293observe <mode>
5294 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
5295 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
5296 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
5297 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
5298 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
5299 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
5300 headers, a timeout, etc.
5301
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005302 Supported in default-server: No
5303
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005304 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
5305
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005306on-error <mode>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005307 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
5308 Currently, four modes are available:
5309 - fastinter: force fastinter
5310 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
5311 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
5312 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
5313 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
5314
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005315 Supported in default-server: Yes
5316
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01005317 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
5318
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005319port <port>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005320 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
5321 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
5322 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
5323 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
5324 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
5325 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
5326
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005327 Supported in default-server: Yes
5328
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005329redir <prefix>
5330 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
5331 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
5332 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
5333 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
5334 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
5335 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
5336 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
5337 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005338 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005339 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
5340 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
5341 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
5342 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
5343 loop between the client and HAProxy!
5344
5345 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
5346
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005347 Supported in default-server: No
5348
5349rise <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005350 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
5351 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
5352 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
5353
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005354 Supported in default-server: Yes
5355
5356slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005357 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
5358 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
5359 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
5360 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
5361 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
5362 parameters :
5363
5364 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
5365 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
5366
5367 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
5368 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
5369 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
5370 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
5371
5372 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
5373 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
5374 seen as failed.
5375
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005376 Supported in default-server: Yes
5377
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005378source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
5379source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005380 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
5381 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
5382 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
5383 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
5384
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005385 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
5386 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
5387 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
5388 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
5389 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
5390 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
5391 server.
5392
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005393 Supported in default-server: No
5394
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005395track [<proxy>/]<server>
5396 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
5397 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
5398 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
5399 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
5400 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
5401
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005402 Supported in default-server: No
5403
5404weight <weight>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005405 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
5406 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
5407 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02005408 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
5409 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
5410 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
5411 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
5412 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
5413 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005414
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005415 Supported in default-server: Yes
5416
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005417
54186. HTTP header manipulation
5419---------------------------
5420
5421In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
5422response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
5423request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
5424which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
5425against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
5426to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
5427passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
5428headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
5429never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
5430
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005431There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
5432(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
5433rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
5434messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
5435in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005436happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005437add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
5438normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
5439
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005440This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
5441in section 4.2 :
5442
5443 - reqadd <string>
5444 - reqallow <search>
5445 - reqiallow <search>
5446 - reqdel <search>
5447 - reqidel <search>
5448 - reqdeny <search>
5449 - reqideny <search>
5450 - reqpass <search>
5451 - reqipass <search>
5452 - reqrep <search> <replace>
5453 - reqirep <search> <replace>
5454 - reqtarpit <search>
5455 - reqitarpit <search>
5456 - rspadd <string>
5457 - rspdel <search>
5458 - rspidel <search>
5459 - rspdeny <search>
5460 - rspideny <search>
5461 - rsprep <search> <replace>
5462 - rspirep <search> <replace>
5463
5464With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
5465is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
5466parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
5467prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
5468Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
5469
5470 \t for a tab
5471 \r for a carriage return (CR)
5472 \n for a new line (LF)
5473 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
5474 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
5475 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
5476 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
5477 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
5478
5479The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
5480portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
5481above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
5482regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
54839 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
5484is very common to users of the "sed" program.
5485
5486The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
5487after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
5488
5489Notes related to these keywords :
5490---------------------------------
5491 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
5492 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
5493 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
5494
5495 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
5496 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
5497 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
5498
5499 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
5500 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
5501 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
5502 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
5503 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
5504
5505 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
5506 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5507 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5508 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5509 useless headers before adding new ones.
5510
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005511 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005512 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5513
5514 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5515 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5516 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5517
5518 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5519 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005520 before switching.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005521
5522
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +010055237. Using ACLs and pattern extraction
5524------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005525
5526The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5527content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5528from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5529simple :
5530
5531 - define test criteria with sets of values
5532 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5533
5534The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5535
5536In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5537
5538 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5539
5540This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5541Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5542and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5543an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5544of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5545
5546ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5547'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5548which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5549
5550There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5551performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5552
5553The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5554
5555 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005556 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5557
5558Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005559
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005560 - integers or integer ranges
5561 - strings
5562 - regular expressions
5563 - IP addresses and networks
5564
5565
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020055667.1. Matching integers
5567----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005568
5569Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5570that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5571expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5572may be omitted.
5573
5574For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5575unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5576representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5577
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005578As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5579two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5580instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5581ranges and operators.
5582
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005583For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005584operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5585Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5586of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005587
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005588Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005589
5590 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5591 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5592 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5593 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5594 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5595
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005596For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005597
5598 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5599
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005600This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5601
5602 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5603
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005604
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056057.2. Matching strings
5606---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005607
5608String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5609exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5610characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5611string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5612to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005613before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005614
5615
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056167.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5617-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005618
5619Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5620they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5621possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5622passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5623the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005624the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5625match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005626
5627
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056287.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5629----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005630
5631IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5632netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5633within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005634host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005635difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5636at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5637does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5638parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005639
5640
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056417.5. Available matching criteria
5642--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005643
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056447.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5645------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005646
5647A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5648analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5649addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5650
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005651always_false
5652 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5653 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5654
5655always_true
5656 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5657 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5658
5659src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005660 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005661 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5662 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5663
5664src_port <integer>
5665 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5666
5667dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005668 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005669 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5670
5671dst_port <integer>
5672 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5673 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5674
5675dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005676 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005677 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005678 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005679 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5680 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5681 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5682
5683fe_conn <integer>
5684fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5685 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5686 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5687 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5688 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5689 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5690 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5691 criteria.
5692
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki346f76d2010-01-12 21:59:30 +01005693fe_id <integer>
5694 Applies to the fronted's id. Can be used in backends to check from which
5695 frontend it was called.
5696
5697so_id <integer>
5698 Applies to the socket's id. Useful in frontends with many bind keywords.
5699
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005700be_conn <integer>
5701be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5702 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5703 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5704 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5705 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5706 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005707
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005708nbsrv <integer>
5709nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5710 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5711 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5712 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5713 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5714 "monitor fail".
5715
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005716connslots <integer>
5717connslots(backend) <integer>
5718 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005719 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005720 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5721
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005722 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5723 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005724
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005725 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005726 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5727 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5728 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5729 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5730 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005731 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005732
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005733 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5734 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5735 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5736 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005737
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005738queue <integer>
5739queue(frontend) <integer>
5740 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5741 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5742 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5743 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5744 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5745 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5746 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5747
5748avg_queue <integer>
5749avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5750 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5751 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5752 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5753 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5754 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5755 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5756 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5757 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5758 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5759 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5760 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5761
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005762fe_sess_rate <integer>
5763fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5764 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5765 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5766 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5767 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5768 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5769 the rate to go down below the limit.
5770
5771 Example :
5772 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5773 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5774 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5775 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5776 frontend mail
5777 bind :25
5778 mode tcp
5779 maxconn 100
5780 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5781 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5782 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5783 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005784
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005785be_sess_rate <integer>
5786be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5787 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5788 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5789 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005790 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005791 sucking of an online dictionary).
5792
5793 Example :
5794 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5795 backend dynamic
5796 mode http
5797 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5798 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5799
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005800
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058017.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5802-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005803
5804A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5805during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5806through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5807for more detailed information on the subject.
5808
5809req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005810 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005811 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5812 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5813 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5814 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5815 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5816 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5817
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005818req_proto_http
5819 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5820 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005821 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005822 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5823 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5824
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005825req_rdp_cookie <string>
5826req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5827 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5828 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5829 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5830 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5831 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5832 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5833 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5834 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5835
5836req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5837req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5838 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5839 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5840 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5841 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5842 cookies.
5843
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005844req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5845 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5846 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5847 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5848 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5849 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5850 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5851 with TCP request content inspection.
5852
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005853wait_end
5854 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5855 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5856 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5857 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5858 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5859 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5860 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5861 inspection.
5862
5863 Examples :
5864 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5865 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5866 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5867
5868 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5869 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5870 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5871 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5872 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5873 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5874 tcp-request content reject
5875
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005876
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058777.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5878--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005879
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005880A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005881application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5882read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5883than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5884
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005885method <string>
5886 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5887 already check for most common methods.
5888
5889req_ver <string>
5890 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5891 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5892
5893path <string>
5894 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5895 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5896 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5897
5898path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005899 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5900 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005901
5902path_end <string>
5903 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5904 control file name extension.
5905
5906path_sub <string>
5907 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5908 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5909 "path_dir".
5910
5911path_dir <string>
5912 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5913 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5914 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5915 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5916
5917path_dom <string>
5918 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5919 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5920 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5921
5922path_reg <regex>
5923 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5924 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5925 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5926
5927url <string>
5928 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5929 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5930
5931url_beg <string>
5932 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5933 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5934
5935url_end <string>
5936 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5937 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5938
5939url_sub <string>
5940 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5941 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5942
5943url_dir <string>
5944 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5945 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5946 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5947 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5948
5949url_dom <string>
5950 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5951 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5952 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5953
5954url_reg <regex>
5955 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5956 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5957 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5958
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005959url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005960 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5961 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005962 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005963
5964url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005965 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5966 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005967 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005968 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005969
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01005970hdr <string>
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005971hdr(header) <string>
5972 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5973 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005974 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5975 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005976
5977 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005978 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005979 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5980
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005981 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005982
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005983hdr_beg <string>
5984hdr_beg(header) <string>
5985 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5986 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005987
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005988hdr_end <string>
5989hdr_end(header) <string>
5990 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5991 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005992
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005993hdr_sub <string>
5994hdr_sub(header) <string>
5995 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5996 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005997
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005998hdr_dir <string>
5999hdr_dir(header) <string>
6000 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
6001 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
6002 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
6003 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006004
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006005hdr_dom <string>
6006hdr_dom(header) <string>
6007 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
6008 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
6009 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
6010 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006011
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006012hdr_reg <regex>
6013hdr_reg(header) <regex>
6014 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
6015 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
6016 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
6017 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006018
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006019hdr_val <integer>
6020hdr_val(header) <integer>
6021 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
6022 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
6023 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
6024 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006025
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006026hdr_cnt <integer>
6027hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
6028 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
6029 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
6030 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
6031 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006032 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006033 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01006034
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02006035hdr_ip <ip_address>
6036hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
6037 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
6038 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
6039 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
6040
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01006041
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060427.6. Pre-defined ACLs
6043---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006044
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006045Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
6046every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
6047order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
6048only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006049
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006050ACL name Equivalent to Usage
6051---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
6052TRUE always_true always match
6053FALSE always_false never match
6054LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02006055HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006056HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
6057HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
6058METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
6059METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
6060METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
6061METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
6062METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
6063METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
6064HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006065HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006066HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
6067HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02006068RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006069REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
6070WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
6071---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006072
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006073
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060747.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
6075----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006076
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006077Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
6078combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006079
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006080 - AND (implicit)
6081 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
6082 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006083
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006084A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006085
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006086 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006087
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006088Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
6089indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006090
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006091For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
6092"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
6093requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
6094is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006095
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006096 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
6097 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
6098 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
6099 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006100
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006101To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
6102and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006103
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006104 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
6105 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
6106 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
6107 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006108
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006109 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
6110 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
6111 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
6112 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006113
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006114See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01006115
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01006116
Willy Tarreaub937b7e2010-01-12 15:27:54 +010061177.8. Pattern extraction
6118-----------------------
6119
6120The stickiness features relies on pattern extraction in the request and
6121response. Sometimes the data needs to be converted first before being stored,
6122for instance converted from ASCII to IP or upper case to lower case.
6123
6124All these operations of data extraction and conversion are defined as
6125"pattern extraction rules". A pattern rule always has the same format. It
6126begins with a single pattern fetch word, potentially followed by a list of
6127arguments within parenthesis then an optional list of transformations. As
6128much as possible, the pattern fetch functions use the same name as their
6129equivalent used in ACLs.
6130
6131The list of currently supported pattern fetch functions is the following :
6132
6133 src This is the source IPv4 address of the client of the session.
6134 It is of type IP and only works with such tables.
6135
6136 dst This is the destination IPv4 address of the session on the
6137 client side, which is the address the client connected to.
6138 It can be useful when running in transparent mode. It is of
6139 typie IP and only works with such tables.
6140
6141 dst_port This is the destination TCP port of the session on the client
6142 side, which is the port the client connected to. This might be
6143 used when running in transparent mode or when assigning dynamic
6144 ports to some clients for a whole application session. It is of
6145 type integer and only works with such tables.
6146
6147
6148The currently available list of transformations include :
6149
6150 lower Convert a string pattern to lower case. This can only be placed
6151 after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion
6152 function returning a string type. The result is of type string.
6153
6154 upper Convert a string pattern to upper case. This can only be placed
6155 after a string pattern fetch function or after a conversion
6156 function returning a string type. The result is of type string.
6157
6158
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061598. Logging
6160----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006161
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006162One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
6163provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
6164very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
6165provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
6166state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006167to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006168headers.
6169
6170In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
6171about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
6172send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
6173
6174 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
6175 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
6176 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
6177 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
6178 at the termination.
6179
6180The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
6181allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
6182as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
6183while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
6184real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
6185delay.
6186
6187
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020061888.1. Log levels
6189---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006190
6191TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
6192source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
6193HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
6194in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
6195particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006196syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006197facilities.
6198
6199
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062008.2. Log formats
6201----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006202
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02006203HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006204and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
6205the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
6206formats are the following ones :
6207
6208 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
6209 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
6210 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
6211 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
6212 extents.
6213
6214 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
6215 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
6216 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
6217 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
6218 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
6219
6220 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
6221 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
6222 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
6223 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
6224 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
6225
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02006226 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
6227 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
6228 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
6229 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
6230
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006231Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
6232specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
6233field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
6234servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
6235always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
6236identifier.
6237
6238Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
6239 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
6240 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
6241 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
6242 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
6243
6244
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062458.2.1. Default log format
6246-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006247
6248This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
6249as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
6250format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
6251
6252 Example :
6253 listen www
6254 mode http
6255 log global
6256 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6257
6258 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
6259 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
6260 (www/HTTP)
6261
6262 Field Format Extract from the example above
6263 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
6264 2 'Connect from' Connect from
6265 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
6266 4 'to' to
6267 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
6268 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
6269
6270Detailed fields description :
6271 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
6272 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6273 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
6274 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
6275 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6276 and processed the connection.
6277 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
6278
6279It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
6280will eventually disappear.
6281
6282
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062838.2.2. TCP log format
6284---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006285
6286The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
6287is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
6288information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
6289counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
6290emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
6291environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
6292the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
6293sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006294specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
6295not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
6296fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
6297marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006298
6299 Example :
6300 frontend fnt
6301 mode tcp
6302 option tcplog
6303 log global
6304 default_backend bck
6305
6306 backend bck
6307 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6308
6309 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
6310 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
6311 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
6312
6313 Field Format Extract from the example above
6314 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
6315 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
6316 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
6317 4 frontend_name fnt
6318 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
6319 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
6320 7 bytes_read* 212
6321 8 termination_state --
6322 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
6323 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6324
6325Detailed fields description :
6326 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6327 connection to haproxy.
6328
6329 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6330
6331 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
6332 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
6333 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
6334 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
6335
6336 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6337 and processed the connection.
6338
6339 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6340 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6341 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
6342 applications.
6343
6344 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6345 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6346 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6347 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
6348 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
6349
6350 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6351 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6352 See "Timers" below for more details.
6353
6354 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6355 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6356 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
6357 "Timers" below for more details.
6358
6359 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6360 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6361 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6362 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6363 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6364 details.
6365
6366 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
6367 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
6368 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
6369 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
6370 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
6371
6372 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6373 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6374 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
6375 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
6376 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
6377 for more details.
6378
6379 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6380 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6381 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
6382 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
6383 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006384 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006385
6386 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6387 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6388 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6389 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6390 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6391 caused by a denial of service attack.
6392
6393 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6394 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6395 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6396 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6397 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6398 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6399 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6400 denial of service attack.
6401
6402 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6403 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6404 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6405 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6406 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6407 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6408 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6409 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
6410 be processed than on other servers.
6411
6412 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6413 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6414 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6415 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6416 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6417 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6418 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6419 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6420 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6421 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6422 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6423 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6424 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6425
6426 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6427 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6428 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6429 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6430 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6431 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6432 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6433 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6434
6435 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6436 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6437 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6438 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6439 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6440 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6441 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6442 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6443 occurs.
6444
6445
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064468.2.3. HTTP log format
6447----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006448
6449The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
6450is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
6451the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
6452are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
6453emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
6454generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
6455"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
6456which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006457frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
6458is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006459
6460Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
6461slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
6462with a star ('*') after the field name below.
6463
6464 Example :
6465 frontend http-in
6466 mode http
6467 option httplog
6468 log global
6469 default_backend bck
6470
6471 backend static
6472 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6473
6474 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
6475 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
6476 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006477 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006478
6479 Field Format Extract from the example above
6480 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
6481 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
6482 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
6483 4 frontend_name http-in
6484 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
6485 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
6486 7 status_code 200
6487 8 bytes_read* 2750
6488 9 captured_request_cookie -
6489 10 captured_response_cookie -
6490 11 termination_state ----
6491 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
6492 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6493 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
6494 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
6495 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01006496
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006497
6498Detailed fields description :
6499 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6500 connection to haproxy.
6501
6502 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6503
6504 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
6505 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
6506 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
6507 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
6508 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
6509
6510 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6511 and processed the connection.
6512
6513 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6514 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6515 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
6516
6517 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6518 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6519 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6520 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
6521 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
6522 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
6523
6524 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
6525 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
6526 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
6527 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
6528 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
6529 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
6530
6531 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6532 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6533 See "Timers" below for more details.
6534
6535 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6536 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6537 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
6538 below for more details.
6539
6540 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
6541 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
6542 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
6543 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
6544 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
6545 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
6546 for more details.
6547
6548 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6549 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6550 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6551 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6552 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6553 details.
6554
6555 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6556 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6557 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6558
6559 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6560 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6561 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6562 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6563 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6564 overflowing.
6565
6566 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6567 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6568 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6569 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6570 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6571 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6572 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6573 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6574
6575 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6576 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6577 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6578 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6579 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6580 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6581 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6582 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6583
6584 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6585 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6586 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6587 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6588 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6589 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6590 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6591
6592 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6593 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6594 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6595 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6596 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006597 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006598 system.
6599
6600 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6601 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6602 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6603 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6604 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6605 caused by a denial of service attack.
6606
6607 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6608 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6609 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6610 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6611 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6612 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6613 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6614 denial of service attack.
6615
6616 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6617 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6618 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6619 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6620 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6621 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6622 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6623 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6624 processed than on other servers.
6625
6626 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6627 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6628 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6629 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6630 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6631 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6632 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6633 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6634 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6635 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6636 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6637 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6638 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6639
6640 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6641 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6642 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6643 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6644 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6645 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6646 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6647 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6648
6649 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6650 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6651 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6652 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6653 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6654 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6655 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6656 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6657 occurs.
6658
6659 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6660 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6661 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6662 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6663 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6664 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6665 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6666 cookies" below for more details.
6667
6668 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6669 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6670 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6671 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6672 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6673 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6674 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6675 and cookies" below for more details.
6676
6677 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6678 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6679 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6680 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6681 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6682 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6683 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6684 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6685
6686
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066878.3. Advanced logging options
6688-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006689
6690Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6691just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6692options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6693for more information about their usage.
6694
6695
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020066968.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6697------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006698
6699It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6700haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6701commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6702monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6703ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6704
6705 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6706 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6707 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6708 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6709
6710 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6711 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6712 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6713 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6714 such as other load-balancers.
6715
6716 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6717 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6718 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6719
6720
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067218.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6722----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006723
6724The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6725what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6726or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6727"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6728just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6729log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6730after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6731is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6732with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6733with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6734
6735
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067368.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6737------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006738
6739Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6740for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6741"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6742retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6743raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6744a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6745file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6746you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6747"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6748
6749
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067508.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6751--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006752
6753Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6754multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6755them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6756"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6757logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6758error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6759and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6760too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6761useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6762alternative.
6763
6764
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067658.4. Timing events
6766------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006767
6768Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6769reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6770the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6771frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6772mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6773
6774 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6775 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6776 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6777 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6778 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6779
6780 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6781 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6782 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6783 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6784 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6785
6786 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6787 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6788 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6789 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6790 connection never established.
6791
6792 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6793 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6794 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6795 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6796 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6797 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6798 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6799 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6800 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6801 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6802 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6803
6804 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6805 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6806 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6807 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6808 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6809
6810 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6811
6812 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6813 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6814 negative.
6815
6816These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6817protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6818that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006819due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006820close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6821session has been aborted on timeout.
6822
6823Most common cases :
6824
6825 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6826 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6827 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6828 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6829 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6830 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6831 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6832 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6833 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6834 connections have been accepted at once.
6835
6836 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6837 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6838 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6839 of ms on remote networks.
6840
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006841 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6842 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6843 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006844
6845 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6846 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6847 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6848 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6849 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6850 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6851 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6852 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6853 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6854 to the server until another one is released.
6855
6856Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6857
6858 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6859 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6860 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6861
6862 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6863 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6864 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6865
6866 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6867 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6868 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6869 flags.
6870
6871 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6872 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6873 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6874 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6875 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6876 the client connection was maintained open.
6877
6878 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6879 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6880 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6881 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6882
6883
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020068848.5. Session state at disconnection
6885-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006886
6887TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6888"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
68892-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6890each of which has a special meaning :
6891
6892 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6893 session to terminate :
6894
6895 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6896
6897 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6898 server explicitly refused it.
6899
6900 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6901 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6902 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6903 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6904 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6905 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6906
6907 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6908 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6909 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6910 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6911 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6912
6913 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6914 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6915 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6916 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6917 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6918
6919 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6920 send or receive data.
6921
6922 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6923 send or receive data.
6924
6925 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6926 with nothing left in the buffers.
6927
6928 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6929
6930 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6931 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6932
6933 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6934 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6935 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6936 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6937 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6938
6939 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6940 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6941
6942 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6943 server (HTTP only).
6944
6945 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6946
6947 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6948 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6949 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6950
6951 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6952 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6953 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6954
6955 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6956
6957 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6958 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6959
6960 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6961 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6962 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6963
6964 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6965 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6966 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6967
6968 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6969 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6970 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6971 another server.
6972
6973 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6974 server.
6975
6976 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6977
6978 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6979 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6980
6981 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6982
6983 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6984 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6985 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6986
6987 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6988
6989 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6990 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6991
6992 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6993
6994 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6995
6996The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6997happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6998helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6999starvation, attacks, etc...
7000
7001The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
7002alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
7003easier finding and understanding.
7004
7005 Flags Reason
7006
7007 -- Normal termination.
7008
7009 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
7010 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
7011 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
7012 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
7013
7014 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
7015 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
7016 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
7017 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
7018 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
7019 by the client.
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007020
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007021 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
7022 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
7023 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
7024
7025 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
7026 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
7027 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
7028
7029 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
7030 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
7031 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
7032 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
7033 the server takes too long to respond.
7034
7035 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
7036 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
7037 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
7038 long a time to respond.
7039
7040 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
7041 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
7042 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
7043 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
7044 and the client.
7045
7046 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
7047 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
7048 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
7049 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
7050 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
7051 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
7052
7053 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
7054 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02007055 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
7056 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
7057 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
7058 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007059
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007060 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007061 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
7062 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
7063 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
7064 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
7065 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
7066
7067 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
7068 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
7069 503 or 504 here.
7070
7071 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
7072 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
7073 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
7074 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
7075 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
7076
7077 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
7078 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007079 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007080 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
7081 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
7082
7083 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
7084 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
7085 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
7086 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
7087 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
7088 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
7089 between haproxy and the server.
7090
7091 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
7092 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
7093 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
7094 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
7095 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
7096 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
7097 solution is to fix the application.
7098
7099 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
7100 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
7101 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
7102 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
7103 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
7104 external attacks.
7105
7106 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
7107 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
7108 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
7109 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
7110 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
7111
7112 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
7113 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
7114 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
7115 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
7116 containing unauthorized characters.
7117
7118 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
7119 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
7120 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
7121 returned an HTTP 403 error.
7122
7123 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
7124 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
7125 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
7126 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
7127
7128 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
7129 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
7130 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
7131 only be solved by proper system tuning.
7132
7133
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020071348.6. Non-printable characters
7135-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007136
7137In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
7138consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
7139converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
7140prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
7141being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
7142escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
7143is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
7144'}' when logging headers.
7145
7146Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
7147issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
7148containing spaces is "User-Agent".
7149
7150Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
7151the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
7152performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
7153
7154
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020071558.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
7156---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007157
7158Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
7159achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007160section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007161cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
7162the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
7163the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007164locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007165not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
7166user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
7167a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
7168wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
7169
7170 Examples :
7171 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
7172 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
7173
7174 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
7175 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
7176
7177
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020071788.8. Capturing HTTP headers
7179---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007180
7181Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
7182proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
7183the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
7184server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
7185
7186Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
7187response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007188section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007189
7190It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007191time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
7192appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007193are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
7194and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
7195follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
7196request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
7197in the logs.
7198
7199 Example :
7200 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
7201 listen proxy-out
7202 mode http
7203 option httplog
7204 option logasap
7205 log global
7206 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
7207
7208 # log the name of the virtual server
7209 capture request header Host len 20
7210
7211 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
7212 capture request header Content-Length len 10
7213
7214 # log the beginning of the referrer
7215 capture request header Referer len 20
7216
7217 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
7218 capture response header Server len 20
7219
7220 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
7221 capture response header Content-Length len 10
7222
7223 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
7224 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
7225
7226 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
7227 capture response header Via len 20
7228
7229 # log the URL location during a redirection
7230 capture response header Location len 20
7231
7232 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
7233 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
7234 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7235 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
7236 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
7237
7238 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
7239 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
7240 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7241 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007242 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007243
7244 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
7245 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
7246 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
7247 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
7248 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007249 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007250
7251
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020072528.9. Examples of logs
7253---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007254
7255These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
7256them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
7257reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
7258
7259 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
7260 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
7261 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
7262
7263 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
7264 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
7265
7266 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
7267 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
7268 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
7269
7270 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
7271 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
7272
7273 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
7274 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
7275 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
7276
7277 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007278 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007279 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
7280 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
7281
7282 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
7283 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
7284 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
7285
7286 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
7287 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
7288 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
7289 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
7290 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
7291 to return the 502 and not the server.
7292
7293 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007294 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007295
7296 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
7297 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
7298 Nothing was sent to any server.
7299
7300 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
7301 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
7302
7303 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
7304 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
7305 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
7306 send a 408 return code to the client.
7307
7308 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
7309 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
7310
7311 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
7312 5 seconds ("c----").
7313
7314 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
7315 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007316 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007317
7318 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007319 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01007320 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
7321 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
7322 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
7323 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
7324 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007325
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007326
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020073279. Statistics and monitoring
7328----------------------------
7329
7330It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
7331mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
7332CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
7333Unix socket.
7334
7335
73369.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007337---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007338
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01007339The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
7340page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
7341
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007342 0. pxname: proxy name
7343 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
7344 for server)
7345 2. qcur: current queued requests
7346 3. qmax: max queued requests
7347 4. scur: current sessions
7348 5. smax: max sessions
7349 6. slim: sessions limit
7350 7. stot: total sessions
7351 8. bin: bytes in
7352 9. bout: bytes out
7353 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007354 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007355 12. ereq: request errors
7356 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007357 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01007358 15. wretr: retries (warning)
7359 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
7360 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
7361 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
7362 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
7363 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
7364 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
7365 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
7366 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
7367 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
7368 25. qlimit: queue limit
7369 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
7370 27. iid: unique proxy id
7371 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
7372 29. throttle: warm up status
7373 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
7374 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02007375 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02007376 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
7377 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
7378 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007379 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
7380 UNK -> unknown
7381 INI -> initializing
7382 SOCKERR -> socket error
7383 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
7384 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
7385 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
7386 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
7387 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
7388 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007389 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007390 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
7391 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
7392 disable-on-404
7393 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
Willy Tarreaud72758d2010-01-12 10:42:19 +01007394 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02007395 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
7396 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
7397 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007398 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
7399 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
7400 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
7401 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
7402 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
7403 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01007404
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007405
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020074069.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007407-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007408
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007409The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007410must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
7411is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
7412a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
7413risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
7414followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
7415given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
7416then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
7417to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007418
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007419It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
7420on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
7421own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007422
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007423help
7424 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
7425 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007426
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007427prompt
7428 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
7429 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
7430 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
7431 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
7432 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
7433 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
7434 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
7435 command.
7436
7437quit
7438 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007439
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007440show errors [<iid>]
7441 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
7442 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007443 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
7444 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
7445 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007446
7447 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
7448 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
7449 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
7450 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
7451 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
7452 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
7453 are reported too.
7454
7455 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
7456 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
7457 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
7458 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
7459 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
7460 code.
7461
7462 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
7463 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
7464 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
7465 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
7466 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
7467 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
7468 line.
7469
7470 Example :
7471 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
7472 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
7473 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
7474 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
7475
7476 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
7477 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
7478 00038 Location: blah\r\n
7479 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
7480 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
7481 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
7482 00204+ minal\r\n
7483 00211 \r\n
7484
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007485 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007486 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
7487 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
7488 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
7489 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
7490 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
7491 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007492
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007493show info
7494 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
7495
7496show sess
7497 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007498 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
7499 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
7500
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007501
7502show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
7503 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
7504 possible to dump only selected items :
7505 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
7506 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
7507 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
7508 for example:
7509 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
7510 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
7511 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
7512
7513 Example :
7514 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
7515 Name: HAProxy
7516 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
7517 Release_date: 2009/09/23
7518 Nbproc: 1
7519 Process_num: 1
7520 (...)
7521
7522 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
7523 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
7524 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
7525 (...)
7526 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
7527
7528 $
7529
7530 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
7531 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
7532 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
7533 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007534 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007535
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007536clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007537 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
7538 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
7539 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007540 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
7541 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007542
7543clear counters all
7544 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007545 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
7546 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
7547
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007548get weight <backend>/<server>
7549 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
7550 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
7551 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007552 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
7553 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
7554 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007555
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007556set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7557 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7558 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7559 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7560 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7561 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7562 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7563 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7564 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7565 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7566 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7567 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007568 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7569 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7570 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007571
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007572
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007573/*
7574 * Local variables:
7575 * fill-column: 79
7576 * End:
7577 */